Home

USER`S MANUAL

1. Figure 7 3 The Merge Utility The Merge utility uses the following procedure 1 Creates the destination system directory if it does not exist c ss2000 xxx 2 Creates a custom M68 directory under the destination directory if it does not exist ss2000 xxx m68 3 Creates a configuration text file with a blank Telephone section for the destination system if it does not exist 4 Compiles the destination configuration text if a corresponding configuration data file does not exist 5 Updates the source system s configuration text SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utility Applications 7 3 7 4 e Utility Applications 10 Copies the following files from the source system directory c ss2000 xxx to the destination system directory e 2 c e bin e gfx Performs a Build M68 from the source custom M68 directory to the destination custom M68 directory This process brings over Function Block files Copies the following files from the source custom M68 directory c ss2000 xxx m68 to the destination custom M68 directory e bin e eik Combines both the source configuration text and the destination configuration text into one configuration data file This combined configuration data file overwrites the original destination configuration data file in the destination system directory Updates the destination configuration text so that it matches the configuration data file SiteScan 2000 fo
2. Configuration Error Configuration data file kxxCNFIG DAT not found in system directory Recompile configuration text and retry or restore system and retry Configuration Error Configuration data file kxxCNFIG DAT not found in system directory Recompile configuration text and retry or restore system and retry Configuration Error Parameter data file xxxPARAM DAT not found in system directory Recompile config text and retry Configuration Error System name variable not found in ALC INT file Run SystemID enter a valid 3 letter system name and retry Configuration Error User data base compiled under a different EMS version s compiler Compile using a version of EMS compiler for your system Configuration Update Error EMS cannot find FB VVV in Custom M68 directory DO NOT COMPILE CONFIG TEXT Copy FB files to Custom M68 directory and update config text Configuration Update Error EMS cannot find file SYSVALA DAT in Custom M68 directory Actions DO NOT COMPILE CONFIG TEXT Copy SYSVALA DAT to Custom M68 directory and update config text Configuration Update Error EMS cannot find xxxALPRM DAT file in system directory Compile config text re run EMS and re enter setup parameters Configuration Update Lockout Advisory Another user is updating configuration text at this time Retry configuration update later SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Connecting to System ALC Line 2 E
3. Pick the box in the P column for each layer to be protected The protected layers are indicated with X s in the P columns e Select each layer to be made protected by picking its Name field Then pick the Protected button at the bottom of the dialog box The protected layers are indicated with X s in the P columns Active Layer The active layer is the one that is displayed on the drawing area when the Layers dialog box is closed The active layer cannot be made invisible or protected To change the active layer pick the up or down arrows on the dialog box or press the and keys on the keyboard when the Layers dialog box is closed SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 35 To change the layer of a figure 1 Pick Layers from the main menu The Layers dialog box will appear Change the active layer using the up or down arrows at the lower left then pick OK to enter the change OR Press the key on the keyboard to move up a layer or press the key to move down a layer Select the origin s of the desired figure s 3 Copy the figure s away from the original figure s 4 Delete the old figure s The new figure s will be in the new layer and can be moved anywhere in the drawing 6 36 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Help Menu Commands This menu contains the commands for accessing Draw for Windows s online Help facility and for displaying the Draw for
4. While still holding the left mouse button down click the right mouse button and move the cursor clockwise or counter clockwise until the desired arc has been formed Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press Esc to abort this function Select the Dots figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Dots figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu The line style does not matter Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button The background color does not matter Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and click the left mouse button to draw a dot Each dot is a separate figure with 1ts own origin Select the Abc figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Abc figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button The default background color is transparent black Select the text fonts and direction using the Text menu commands Position the cursor in the Drawing Area to establish the position for the first character of text This point marks the origin of the text A pop up dialog box appears Type the desired text using the keyboard Press OK to draw the text or press Esc to abort this function Solid Square Rectangle 1 Select t
5. This site already has a valid software license and is unable to receive a transferred license The operator attempted to use the Receive License From Disk option on a computer that already has a valid license installed A license can only be transferred to a computer that does not have a valid license This site cannot receive the license because a valid license has not yet been transferred to the temporary location The operator attempted to transfer the software license prior to using the Transfer License to Disk option This option must be used to transfer the license from the original computer to the interim transfer location The license can then be transferred from the interim location to the new computer using the Receive License From Disk option SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide This site cannot receive the license because it was not prepared properly through the prepare license transfer process or the license transfer preparation files have been moved or damaged The operator attempted to transfer the software license on to a computer that was not used to execute the Prepare License Transfer Disk option The license must be transferred onto the computer that was used to execute the Prepare License Transfer Disk command This message may also occur if the files created during the Prepare License Transfer Disk procedure have been moved or damaged since the procedure was finished In this case you must install the s
6. A or B no longer being used type 8401 board may be paired with Halted by bad write Action Replace with a C type 8401 board and download memory Cause A manual memory command xx0MO was issued through XTK or Netscan and not followed with the end command xx0E XTK no longer in use SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Action Send end command observe cautions for using the end command Cause Memory download was interrupted by write error in which case this Stopped message may be paired with a Halted message saying Bad write to XXXX Action Determine why a write error occurred Possibilities are 1 Low power is inhibiting memory writes correct power 2 Memory failure replace cover WARNING EE Marginal check power or replace Cause Power to the module is low Input power should remain above 24 VAC with all relays energized May be caused by an undersized transformer or too much field load Action Correct power Cause Power is good but EEPROM memory is weak Action Replace cover WARNING RP 19 requested by FB 2 not found Cause An older FB such as TCP IOP or EMP was downloaded into an 8401 board which does not support that kind of program The following FBs are supported on the 8401 8401 type A EMP OAP TCP AIM 8401 type B EMP OAP TCP AIM IOP XIO DIM SCP 8401 type C no old FBs supported Action Obtain correct 8401 board
7. The Palette is the color menu at the bottom of the screen which displays all of the possible colors Draw for Windows provides 128 standard colors and variable color To hide the Palette pick Palette from the Options menu These colors in particular are important e Variable color indicated by the letters var Used as a foreground color to draw colors which vary depending on a SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide defined condition Used as a background color to draw transparent black e Reserved located immediately below var Reserved for future use e Solid black located two below var The Patterns displayed between the palette and the status bar are attributes which can be assigned to solid figures A background color is required for solid objects with a pattern The Line Types displayed below the Figures menu are attributes which can be assigned to lines and hollow objects A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having a line type other than a solid line The top line or solid line is used most often for drawing zone boundaries The fourth line or closely knitted line is used primarily for drawing pickable windows Changing Views To view images which are larger than a single screen use the following keys to pan around e Home Displays the image in its original position e End Displays the extreme lower part of the image e PgUp Moves the display down The amount depends on wh
8. s Guide Advanced Topics 5 9 5 10 e Advanced Topics Status Code This number indicates the status or color of the Function Block Colors are used to communicate the following conditions Table 5 1 Status Codes Status Code Purple Condition Hardware communication error Gray Unoccupied Inactive Red Alarm Dark Blue Not Used Light Blue Not Used Green Not Used Speckled Green Not Used Yellow Not Used Orange Not Used Red Alarm White Occupied Active 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 10 11 Not used Not used N Not used Not used he W Coral FB error m D Charcoal Module stopped due to incomplete schedule or parameter download Purple Software communication error Mustard Configuration error SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Marking Overview Marking is a method used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows to remember which Function Blocks need information downloaded to them Every FB has three flags which indicate the type of information that needs to be downloaded P This flag indicates that Parameters need to be downloaded This flag is automatically set when a change is made to the FB s parameter page which has not been downloaded to the module S This flag indicates that Schedules need to be downloaded This flag is automatically set when a change is mad
9. 3 9 3 10 3 12 3 13 3 17 8 3 8 5 Continuous 3 47 Control module 5 1 9 1 9 3 Custom M68 7 1 7 4 8 4 8 5 8 9 D Daily status report 4 4 Daily Trend Report 4 4 Database 3 2 3 50 3 66 3 68 4 7 5 19 5 22 7 2 7 8 7 10 8 1 8 3 8 5 8 9 8 11 9 1 9 4 DCLAN 3 13 3 18 8 2 DDE 5 48 5 53 8 6 Direct network 3 12 3 20 DOS 2 3 2 4 2 10 7 9 7 10 8 8 Download 3 3 3 24 3 32 3 33 3 49 3 50 5 18 5 47 8 2 8 5 8 7 8 9 8 22 8 25 Draw for Windows 2 15 2 23 5 43 5 44 6 1 6 6 Drive mapping 5 29 7 8 7 9 7 11 Duration 3 69 4 8 5 20 5 22 Dynamic 3 29 3 32 3 55 3 56 3 61 3 63 3 68 5 49 9 2 9 4 E Edit 6 48 Eikon 3 2 3 29 3 33 3 57 4 3 4 4 4 6 4 8 5 5 5 34 5 46 8 6 8 8 9 2 Enhanced trend 8 5 Error Messages 8 1 Errorwait 3 12 5 26 Exec 2 16 3 30 3 39 3 57 3 67 3 69 4 3 5 8 5 14 5 21 9 3 Expression 3 3 3 6 F FB 2 1 2 18 3 2 3 22 3 29 3 33 3 49 3 51 3 52 4 3 4 6 5 4 5 5 5 9 5 14 5 16 5 27 5 42 5 46 5 47 7 4 7 5 9 2 9 4 FB Fit 2 16 FB Help 2 27 3 4 9 2 9 3 FB list 3 38 Fbid 3 3 3 4 3 6 6 48 6 56 Field ID 3 3 3 6 3 23 8 5 Index 10 1 Font 5 36 6 11 6 20 6 28 Format 2 26 5 22 5 50 8 25 Function Block 2 18 3 2 3 22 3 30 3 33 3 49 3 51 3 52 4 3 4 6 5 4 5 5 5 9 5 14 5 16 5 27 5 42 5 46 5 47 7 4 7 5 9 2 9 4 G Gateway 2 1 3 2 3 6 3 10 3 12 4 1 4 4 5 33 8 2 8 3 8 6
10. 6 29 Options Menu Commands 6 30 e Draw for Windows Options y Figures Palette v Prompt Grid G Redraw R Magnetism M Edit Options Figure 6 19 The Options Menu This menu contains all of the options which have to do with enabling disabling certain features of Draw for Windows A feature is enabled when a check mark is placed next to the appropriate menu item Figures This command enables or disables the Figure menu which is located on the right side of the Drawing Area Palette This command enables or disables the color menu which is located at the bottom of the Drawing Area Prompt This command enables or disables the blue Status bar which is located at the extreme bottom of the Drawing Area Grid This command enables or disables the Grid which is a pattern of uniformly spaced dots used to assist with the layout of a drawing There are eight drawing pixels between two adjacent horizontal or vertical dots The grid is not considered a part of a drawing and it is not saved in the drawing file The Grid can be enabled disabled by pressing the G key SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Redraw This command enables or disables the Redraw feature which automatically redraws the screen when an object is drawn or when an Edit menu command is issued or when the active layer is changed The screen can also be redrawn manually using the Redraw command in the File menu The Redraw
11. Generally FBs exist under areas which exist under the system Points List Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Points List causes SiteScan ail 2000 for Windows to print a list of the Input Output points for the FBs which exist at a lower level in the System s parental structure from where the selection is made This feature also prints each FB s address and the status of its prime variable and each point s I O code channel number and status Otherwise this listing is identical to the FB List Groups Optional Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Groups causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print a listing of all the groups with their tab labels and the FBs which exist under each group 3 38 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Schedules Optional Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Schedules causes SiteScan alll 2000 for Windows to print a list of the schedules for the FBs which exist at a lower level in the System s parental structure from where the selection is made Function Blocks which belong to a scheduled group can be identified because they will all have a schedule in common with the other FBs in that group Trends Current trend information can be printed for an FB at a
12. Graphic files utility screen files c ss2000 xxx System files configuration text report files graphic files etc c ss2000 xxx m68 Custom M68 System related FB files other downloadable files Custom and Master M68 Directory File Structure SiteScan 2000 for Windows software incorporates custom M68 directories under each System directory These custom M68 directories include the Function Blocks and other downloadable files which are particular and compatible to each System The ss2000 M68 directory called the master M68 directory previously contained a variety of files such as linker files module driver Function Blocks library files Graphic Function Blocks GFBs and various executable and other non FB files as shown below Table 5 4 Previous M68 files buildmod bat buildsub exe sl9cnv exe link68 exe search exe linker links portions of other files together to create a memory map which is then downloaded into the module sysvyyy dat yyy obj module driver interfaces between the graphic function block and the module hardware 11b400 0bj eep400 obj library files contain common routines which are called by GFBs and module drivers SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 41 5 42 e Advanced Topics Table 5 4 Previous M68 files mxram obj miscellaneous download files 1q400 sub cpnum0 obj cpnum 15 obj SySVXxx dat graphic fun
13. In order for the Function Blocks to fit in the specified module both the program size and the data size must each be less than 100 If the results are greater than 100 then the number or size of FBs to be stored in the module must be reduced If the process is unsuccessful a pop up notifies you of the problem and allows you to view the fblink log file This file stored in the c ss2000 m68 directory is created every time the process is executed and can be viewed at any time using a text editor SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Backup amp Restore Overview This utility uses standard ZIP compression to back up and restore selected types of files for the specified System ID tr Backup This utility backs up files from the Source location s to the Destination location This utility uses standard ZIP compression to back up the selected types of files for the specified System ID NOTE System files Alert data and Trend Historian data should be backed up regularly The System files should also be backed up before performing a global modify or installing a new version of SiteScan 2000 for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Backup Restore Backup Restore Checkout System ID File Selection J Backup System Files J Backup Alert Data J Backup Historian Data If you select multiple sets of files you must have a set of disks for each tupe Start Backup S
14. The interval can be set to a minimum of one second or a maximum of 255 minutes an interval of 5 min x 288 samples 24 hrs You can change the interval units from seconds to minutes by toggling the secs parameter NOTE If you change the trend interval parameter you should also ensure that the frequency at which the Trend alarm is tripped remains at least 20 faster than the shortest trend duration duration trend interval x 288 For more information see the section Trend Report on page 4 7 The report parameter enables the trend for Trend Reports see the section Trend Report on page 4 7 which are required by Trend Historian The display range parameters displayed for analog trends only determine the minimum and maximum of the trend s vertical SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 69 3 70 e Activities scale Since there are twelve major divisions on the Trend Graph Y axis the display range must be divisible by 12 for the Y axis scale to be displayed in integers on the Trend Graph The trend name is displayed in the same color as the trend Function Block Type SMS Name UPS_1 SMS Series 600 Line 1 LG 1 CM 3 FB 3 Flags ID UPS_1 Tele MC229 16148416257 All Options Y Type 255 Ver 2 Alarms Enabled X Text 1 lo 15 la la u a Messages Enabled X X Text 1 10 u u z 4 u u Power Up Delay sec Demand Controller Address 2 TREND Interval 26 Code 30 Label DC BUS VOLTS Org GG
15. bmp This file is always displayed if found e Draw for Windows file gfx see the section Save on page 6 10 e Old Draw file bin This file is not displayed if the gfx file is found SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Terminal Feature This feature is meant only for advanced users and is available only when SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected to a System When the terminal command is issued from the manual command pop up or is picked from the Utilities main menu the SiteScan 2000 for Windows frame goes black and the keyboard is monitored for Crosstalk commands These commands function for either serial port or Netbios connections To exit from Terminal mode leave the screen This can be accomplished using one of the following methods e Pick another tab e Issue another manual command e Pick a button from the bottom of the screen SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 45 Going Metric SiteScan 2000 for Windows can display certain Function Block information with metric values such as on the Status page when certain procedures are followed How to Set up Metric Setpoints To configure a Function Block to display setpoint values in degrees Celsius use the following procedure NOTE This procedure is only necessary for FBs containing one of the Zone Setpoint microblocks 1 Enable the metric setting on the Eikon tab of the INI Configuration Manager 2 Launch Eikon V2
16. characters for the value to be displayed using any letters or numerals e Example Digital field width 3 characters OFF e Example Analog field width 5 characters 00 00 For the Text Expression type the variable input command This command is not case sensitive Example S FAN ONOF This will display the ON or OFF status of the digital input whose MBcode is FAN Example S CTRL VAL This will display the value for an analog input point whose MBcode is CTRL Example DC0304_1 S FANSONOF This will display the ON or OFF status of the digital output whose MBcode is FAN in the Function Block whose ID name in the configuration text is DCO304_1 This variable text command originates from a floor plan as opposed to the equipment graphic screen Example DC0304_1 S CTRL VAL This will display the analog value of the zone temperature whose MBcode is CTRL in the Function Block whose ID name in the configuration text is DC0304_1 This variable text command originates from a floor plan as opposed to the equipment graphic screen Draw for Windows e 6 53 6 54 e Draw for Windows Example DC0304_1 S CTRL VAL gt 75 Is above 75 Is below 75 This will display Is above 75 if the zone temperature is greater than or equal to 75 Otherwise it will display Is below 75 Press OK to draw the variable text or press Cancel to abort To draw Variable color Variable text 1 Select the proper layer Th
17. if a figure is scaled up or down over 90 percent of its original size it may not be possible to scale the figure back Input x y scales and rotation degrees 100 1000 Figure 6 11 Edit Scale To Scale one or more objects 1 Select the Scale command from the Edit menu The Scale pop up will appear 2 Enter the X axis and Y axis in percent A negative percentage means the object will be reversed or mirrored about the X axis and or the Y axis Enter the desired rotation in degrees Press OK to continue or Cancel to abort 3 Position the cursor on the object to be scaled and click the left mouse button Repeat this step to scale multiple figures SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 19 6 20 e Draw for Windows Edit using the same settings OR Use the right mouse button to drag a window around the origins of the objects to be scaled then release the button This command edits individual or multiple objects The Edit command can change the following Attributes color pattern line style text font or direction of one object e Selected attributes of one or more objects e Shape polygon or line borders input for text and variable text Variables variable color input pickable window code Each of these edit functions remain enabled and can be used multiple times The hot keys for the edit functions are associated with F5 Edit Attributes Alt F5 Del
18. module Missing screen file Multi Site Reference Error Data is being referenced from multiple sites while connected to a particular site Have database text file or graphic modified to correct error No printer has been set up Node in use by another user NODE _1 1 1 3 2 s parameters currently in use by another user Try again Parameter Download Error Parameter download to 1 1 2 1 aborted due to FB version mismatch Remake FB in Eikon with PackFB enabled Compile config text and redownload memory SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 7 8 8 e Appendix A Parameter Download Error Parameter download to 1 1 2 1 unsuccessful or aborted by user Eliminate phone line or CMnet noise and retry verify correct module operation Parameter Download Error User tried to download parameters to an FB from an area level Go to an FB and then download parameters to that FB Parameter Upload Error Parameter upload from 1 1 2 1 aborted due to FB version mismatch Remake FB in Eikon with PackFB enabled Compile config text and redownload memory Parameter Upload Error Parameter upload from 1 1 2 1 unsuccessful or aborted by user Eliminate phone line or CMnet noise and retry verify correct module operation Parameters at this level and below overwrite operator s database Parameters Lockout Advisory Another user is currently using a function that edits parameters
19. per Function Block SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 55 Old style non Eikon FBs may define the prime variable as a floating point value an integer or an On Off point Use the following syntax to display a prime variable e Floating Point values FBID T e Integer values FBID D e On Off values FBID O Valid only for old style non Eikon function blocks Where FBID is the node ID name from the configuration text used only if the value exists in a different FB and the code following the identifies the type of value To draw Variable text for a Prime Variable I 6 56 e Draw for Windows Select the proper layer The standard is that Variable text use layers 46 61 See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for details Select the Variable Abc figure from the Figure Menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button If a background color is used it must match the color of the area where the variable text is drawn to avoid a boxed look See the section To draw Variable color Variable text on page 6 54 about using var as the foreground color Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and click the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object A pop up will appear on the screen
20. set up using DCCONFIG A baud rate is not required for a network connection router the TCP IP protocol must be used NOTE A network connection requires that the Netbeui or TCP IP stack be loaded when the Workstation is powered up Communicating at 38 4k Baud SiteScan 2000 for Windows uses the Windows communication driver comm drv To communicate at speeds greater than 19 2k baud the Workstation serial card must have high speed UARTSs for example 16550A installed The Edit Connections Pop up The Edit Connections pop up appears when you double click on a line on the Connections page It allows you to define connection information for SiteScan 2000 for Windows NOTE Some information on the Edit Connections pop up must match with corresponding information on the Connection Configuration Page If they do not match when you attempt to connect to a System SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display an error and will then automatically display the Connection Configuration Page so that you can update it This could occur for example if you change the Connection Type or Baud Rate for a particular port SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 13 3 14 e Activities METRO CORP CENTER X 222 3333 Figure 3 3 The Edit Connection Pop up The Site Information Section This section allows you to define up to 20 characters for the name of the installation and for the phone number for the selected line The name is
21. such as colors and point status to be automatically updated while communicating on line with the system This feature is enabled by the Dynamic Update option on the Setup Page Eikon A Windows based application used by Liebert Site Applications which provides the ability to graphically program display and interact with any sequence of operation It features microblocks representing common control devices and complex functions interconnected on the screen by graphical wires to form logical connections Eikon is used by Liebert Site Applications primarily to create Graphic Function Blocks GFBs Expander Module A module which is added to an existing module in order to expand the number of I O points One or more expander modules connected to a base module is called a stack Each expander has a unique address in the stack which is called the expander number FB Help A feature which displays a Windows help file for a Function Block FB Help files are included with workstation software V2 0 or later for most module drivers Firmware The software program which resides in a module s PROM and controls various vital functions within the module Also known as the Exec Function Block A software program which consists of small program blocks that can be linked together and have parameters assigned by the designer or operator Parameters are accessed on the Parameter page and point statuses are displayed on the Status page Those FBs c
22. type 8401 board and download memory Cause Low power is inhibiting memory writes Action Correct power SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Cause Memory failure Action Replace cover Download memory ERROR Halted since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Bad EE checksum OR Bad EE Format Download Memory Bad SWI call Too Many WDTs Empty EE Illegal write to XXXX Cause Memory contents are bad but will accept a memory download Action Download memory Note module location and date If problem re occurs check the following 1 Power spikes surges noise dips brownouts 2 Lightning poor grounding power line sensitivity 3 Environment high heat condensing humidity Cause Memory damaged will not accept a memory download Action Replace cover Download memory Log module location and date If problem re occurs check the following 1 Power spikes surges 2 Lightning poor grounding power line sensitivity xK k k SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 25 8 26 Appendix A SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 9 Glossary of Terms Alert A Windows application which provides sophisticated alarm management capabilities for single user and for multi user installations Alert EL The basic alarm receipt software that ships with SiteScan 2000 for Windows Alert Server A software module which gathers the alarm and trend information and then distributes it to Alert
23. you may omit the bmp extension You may enter only the eight character filename if the file is located in the same directory as the current graphic 4 Select OK to insert the bitmap at the selected point or select Cancel to abort 6 60 e Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 7 Utility Applications Configuration Utilities Overview This program allows an operator to change the SiteScan 2000 for Windows default System ID update or compile configuration text merge systems or build a custom M68 directory System ID This utility allows you to change the SiteScan 2000 for Windows default System ID which is the system that SiteScan 2000 for Windows and other applications look for when launched Utilities Figure 7 1 The System ID Utility SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utility Applications e 7 1 7 2 e Utility Applications The upper box displays the System ID for the currently active system The lower box displays the three character System ID for every System defined in the alc ini file To change the current System ID select the desired System ID from the list or type it in after placing the cursor in the upper box then press Accept This utility updates the Username line in the SVW section of the alc ini file Config Text This utility allows you to update or compile the configuration text file for the specified System Each system has a unique configuration text file xxxenfig txt
24. 0 or later and open an existing GFB having the xxx_gfb bin or xxx eik filename or draw a new GFB For existing GFBs delete any Zone Setpoint microblocks and reinsert them Save the GFB using the filename eik naming convention 4 From the Options menu enable the PackFB option 5 From the GFB menu pick the Make FB command Eikon will store the Xxx fb file in the directory specified by the MakeFB Destination setting on the Eikon tab of the INI Configuration Manager 6 Compile the configuration text 7 When using SiteScan 2000 for Windows the FB will display the setpoint values in degrees Celsius on the Status page 5 46 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide How to Set up Metric Inputs To configure a Function Block to display Input values in degrees Celsius on the Status page use the following procedure SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide In SiteScan 2000 for Windows display the Parameter page of the FB to be configured Pick the Point Help button or press the Esc key and issue the pointhelp manual command The Point Help page will appear Select the Input point to be changed Pick the Configure button A pop up will appear displaying only the signal types which are compatible for the module which contains the point If the sensor is a thermistor select the Thermistor Deg C point type If the sensor is a linear device select the appropriate point type 1 e Curr
25. 096 Light Cyan 81 000 208 208 Light Mustard 141 208 144 080 Medium Cyan 82 000 168 168 Medium Mustard 142 168 112 064 6 6 e Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table 6 3 Palette of Colors in Draw V2 5 or higher Color Index R G B Color Index R G B Dark Cyan 83 000 124 124 Dark Mustard 143 124 084 048 Very Dark Cyan 84 000 080 080 Very Dark Mustard 144 080 056 032 Very Light Blue 85 000 000 255 Very Light Concrete 145 252 220 176 Light Blue 86 000 000 208 Light Concrete 146 208 184 144 Medium Blue 87 000 000 168 Medium Concrete 147 168 144 116 Dark Blue 88 000 000 124 Dark Concrete 148 124 108 084 Very Dark Blue 89 000 000 080 Very Dark Concrete 149 080 068 056 Very Light Purple 90 255 000 255 Very Light Creamwash 150 252 224 120 Light Purple 91 208 000 208 Light Creamwash 151 208 188 100 Medium Purple 92 168 000 168 Medium Creamwash 152 168 148 080 Dark Purple 93 124 000 124 Dark Creamwash 153 124 108 056 Very Dark Purple 94 080 000 080 Very Dark Creamwash 154 080 072 036 Very Light White 95 255 255 255 Very Light Cream 155 252 252 128 Light White 96 208 208 208 Light Cream 156 208 208 104 Medium White 97 168 168 168 Medium Cream 157 168 16
26. 0ADAM ADN Groups optional feature pet SS Schedules optional feature ha N Schedule Graph optional feature Utilities Help Return Alert or Alert EL Point Help Live GFB e e e e o uU DAAA 2 30 Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 19 Exit 20 Minimize 21 Time and Date This button updates every minute For an immediate update click on it ok OK k SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 31 2 32 e Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 3 Activities Commands Manual Commands Several commands can be issued manually from within SiteScan 2000 for Windows These commands can be used to help make system operation more efficient SiteScan 2000 for Windows will accept as few characters as is necessary to understand a command SYSTEM DEM Figure 3 1 Manual Command pop up about This command causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to briefly display the title screen which appears when the program is first started alert This command causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to launch Alert or Alert EL If the program is already loaded it comes to the foreground SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 1 The SiteGate 232 always has a gateway module number of 1 3 2 e Activities command In gm cm fb This command takes you directly from where you are to the address listed where the command is listed below The
27. 2000 for Windows using either topic but each topic supports different items 3 Item This identifies the location or name of the original data In addition to the items supported under the system topic described below SiteScan 2000 for Windows supports as an SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 49 5 50 e Advanced Topics item a manual command or a query for a parameter or status value Both topics allow you to execute manual commands but the XXX topic cannot handle changing systems see the section Requesting Information on page 5 48 On the other hand the system topic cannot query for parameter and status values but it supports the following listed items These items are supported by other Windows DDE compatible applications under the system topic and provide an easy method for determining what DDE functionality is supported by the application e Sysltems This item returns a tab separated list of the items supported by the server application The list for SiteScan 2000 for Windows includes SysItems Topics Status and Formats e Topics This item returns a tab separated list of the topics supported by the server application The list for SiteScan 2000 for Windows includes System and the 3 character name for the current System ID e Status This item returns either Ready or Busy e Formats This item returns Text because that is the only format which SiteScan 2000
28. 28 Dark Pink 29 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 45 NOTE Although variable colors can be used in any layer except 00 and 63 the standard is that they are used only in layers 5 45 with one variable color per layer To draw a Variable color 1 Select the proper layer The standard is that Variable colors use layers 05 45 See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for details Select the desired type of figure from the Figure Menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Pick the Variable Color function indicated as var on the Palette using the left mouse button The var color will be enclosed with a white box Draw the figure using the steps described for each figure see the section How to draw objects on page 6 38 Press F5 or issue the Edit Edit Variables command and pick the figure with the left mouse button A pop up will appear on the screen Color Expression RC 283_1 C Figure 6 25 Defining a Variable Color 6 Type the color input command and press the Enter key to 6 46 e Draw for Windows enter the variable color command or press Esc to abort this function This command is not case sensitive Example RC0203_1 C where RC0203_1 is the ID name and C is a mandatory code representing the color status code broadcast by the FB SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide NOTE Ifa variable color input command
29. 3 38 Port 2 3 2 6 3 9 3 12 3 13 3 16 3 20 4 1 4 2 5 45 Prime Variable 6 56 Print setup 3 65 Printer 2 25 3 41 3 63 3 65 8 7 8 9 8 20 Purple 2 17 3 32 6 7 Q Quit 3 7 R RAM 2 5 8 24 Rate 3 61 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Red 2 17 6 6 Reports 4 1 Resolution 2 3 5 43 Runlog 8 9 Runmin 3 5 S Scale 3 63 3 73 Schedule 2 22 3 2 3 5 3 28 3 39 3 44 3 45 3 47 3 50 8 9 8 11 8 22 Server 2 6 Set 6 48 SetGCM command 3 10 8 3 Setpoints 3 2 3 51 5 46 8 5 8 8 8 9 Setup 2 22 3 6 Shift 2 27 3 4 3 55 3 58 5 5 5 13 5 23 8 2 8 5 8 8 Speed 2 5 3 13 7 10 8 2 Standard trend 3 72 3 73 4 7 Status code 2 17 5 4 6 44 6 46 Status page 3 2 3 38 4 5 5 4 Status report 4 4 System ID 3 6 5 29 5 48 5 50 7 1 7 2 7 5 7 8 7 10 T Tab 5 23 5 29 Telephone number 3 6 3 11 3 12 Template 5 51 5 53 Time format 3 53 Time zone 3 12 5 26 Trend code 3 73 Trend Historian 2 15 4 7 4 9 5 34 7 8 7 10 8 11 Trend report 3 40 3 63 3 67 4 8 4 10 5 19 Trends 3 7 3 39 3 69 U Update 2 22 3 5 3 9 3 22 7 1 8 1 8 4 9 1 9 2 Upload 3 32 3 40 3 50 3 53 3 63 5 5 5 25 8 3 8 5 8 8 8 11 Utilities 2 15 5 45 V Variable color 6 6 6 8 6 54 Variable text 6 52 6 54 6 56 Video 2 4 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide W Windows 3 1 2 4 2 7 8 12 8 15 Windows 95 2 7 5 40 8 15 Workstatio
30. 5 minutes This means that it will take you 24 hours 5 minutes x 288 samples 24 hours to receive one full trend graph worth of data After 24 hours the samples begin to overwrite themselves If you want to capture the data to Trend Historian before the data begins to be overwritten then allow the trend alarm to be tripped at least five minutes before the duration is about to expire This ensures that Alert Server has ample time to pick up the data without losing any of the data In this example you would allow the trend alarm to trip at least every 23 hours and 55 minutes 23 55 It can take Alert Server between 3 and 5 minutes to receive the data and deliver it to Alert EL and Trend Historian In the above example if the trend alarm was tripped at exactly 24 hours then Alert Server would not finish processing the data before the data samples were overwritten These overwritten points would show up as gaps to Trend Historian With multiple sites that are modem connected it could take up to 2 hours for Alert Server to receive trend information from all of the sites SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms and Reports 4 9 4 10 e Alarms and Reports In this example you would want to trip the trend alarm approximately 2 hours before the trend duration is about to expire 22 00 Second Trends where interval lt 1 min Using trends with short intervals increases the risk of losing data because the trend alarm may not be s
31. 59 6261 19 62 6263 88 65 19 69 6270 38 71 3171 94 72 62 74 8175 31 75 7576 06 76 56 77 5077 50 77 6977 88 78 31 78 6978 69 79 0079 00 79 00 79 0079 12 79 1279 00 79 00 79 1279 12 79 0079 00 79 00 79 0079 00 74 1971 00 66 75 67 8868 94 69 9470 88 71 31 Figure 3 25 Sample output from Text Print or Text Save BW The Text Save button outputs the displayed data to the specified file The output is a table of up to 288 data samples per trend The output is identical to the output provided by the Text Print button The Text Save Database button outputs the displayed data to the specified file The output is an extensive table of up to 288 data samples per trend suitable for importing into a database The information provided for each data sample includes System Line Lan Module FB Expander Channel or Wire number for trends from Trend microblocks FB Name Channel Name or Trend name Date Time Value System Line Lan Module FB Expander Channel ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 ALC 1 1 2 1 0 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 325 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 R
32. 8 or higher defaultparameters This command restores a Function Block s default parameters defined when the FB is created in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications in the System s database structure files xxxcenfig dat xxxparam dat To use this command an FB level SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide screen must be displayed but not one which allows parameters to be changed This command may be issued for example before downloading parameters in order to reset corrupted parameters in the module back to the defaults Extreme care should be taken when using this command If an error is made exit SiteScan 2000 for Windows without updating configuration text then recompile configuration text This process replaces the modified database structure files with unmodified ones This command requires a password level of 8 or higher dlallmarked This command causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to download memory parameters or schedules for all the marked FBs on the current line number before disconnecting and moving on to the next line number This command saves on time and long distance charges for systems having multiple installations dipause This command prevents SiteScan 2000 for Windows from downloading immediately after an edit or set command is issued Instead the affected FB is marked for a parameter download This command stays in effect until the dlunpause command is issued or until SiteScan 2000 for Windows is closed dlunpaus
33. Activities e 3 27 Member Name Add X Delete ROOM 509 VAV BOX ROOM 504 VAV BOX ROOM 5 U ia Si AU BOX CONFERENCE ROOM RTU El ee ES E yf NIE EN y 15 Feb 96 lel BE leal cle Doll ea r Figure 3 9 The Group Members Page To Schedule a Group 5 i 3 28 Activities From the level where the group exists select View Edit Groups from the main menu or pick the Groups button The Groups Page will display all of the groups which exist for the current line number Select the group you wish to schedule then pick the View button The Groups page will display the tab labels for all the current members of the group Select View Edit Schedules from the main menu or select the Schedule button The screen will reveal all schedules currently established for the level identified by the tab directly above the SCHEDULES tab At this point you may Add Modify or Delete a schedule for the group see the section Schedules Optional Feature on page 3 42 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Live GFBs Overview The Live GFB feature allows SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display a Function Block graphically Each section of programming code is represented graphically with a microblock These microblocks transfer analog and digital data over wires represented by solid and dashed lines respectively Inputs are on the left and outputs are on the right The arrangement of microblocks and wires is determined e
34. Backspace key e text enter the desired text in the pop up dialog box Press OK to accept the new text or press the Escape key to abort To edit an object s variables SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 1 2 3 Pick Edit from the Edit menu Pick Variables from the sub menu Position the cursor within the borders of the object to be edited and press the left mouse button a dialog box should appear For these objects do the following e pickable window enter the window function command see the section The Pickable Window Function on page 6 47 or press the Escape key to abort Draw for Windows e 6 21 6 22 e Draw for Windows e variable color enter the variable color input command see the section Variable Color on page 6 44 or press the Escape key to abort Delete This command removes individual or multiple objects The hot keys for the delete functions are associated with F6 To delete an individual object 1 Pick Delete from the Edit menu 2 Pick Object from the Delete sub menu 3 Position the cursor within the object to be deleted 4 Press the left mouse button to delete the object To delete multiple objects 1 Select the objects to be deleted 2 Pick Delete from the Edit menu 3 Pick Selected from the Delete sub menu The selected objects will be deleted OR 1 Pick Delete from the Edit menu 2 Pick Object from the Delete sub menu 3 Press the right mouse button to
35. Connections option 2 Pick Configure Connections in the lower right corner of the pop up 3 Make the desired changes for Connections Device and Connection ID 4 Select OK to save the changes Connections This section of the Connection Configuration Page identifies which port connections exist on the computer Because these connections usually correspond to hardware devices installed on the computer connections should not be added or deleted unless a hardware device is removed or installed SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 17 The Active button can be enabled or disabled for each connection It specifies whether the connection is no longer valid for Liebert software This feature is useful when other Windows applications may need to use a particular connection temporarily without interference from Liebert software The items in the Parameters section can be changed only when the Active button is enabled To Add a Connection 1 dEl Select Utilities Connections from the main menu or pick the Utilities button followed by the Connections option Pick Configure Connections in the lower right corner of the pop up Pick the Add button The Add Connection pop up will appear Select COM Port if the connection is through a computer s serial port or Net Console if it is a network connection Type the Serial Port number or the DCLAN Console number in the appropriate field Port numbers and console
36. DATA ES ES ES ES EN ES ES ES ES ES ES ROOM 569 VAV ROOM 510 VAN ROOM 504 VAY ROOM 513 VAY CM G2 XF2 FB ROOM 505 VAN ROOM 508 VAN DUAL DUCT AHU ROOM 517 VAY ADD MEMBER 1 1 6 0 gt BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX BOX AIR HANDLER UNIT E FB AREA LES cm 03 XF2 FB HE CM G1 GCM2 oK 1 1 6 RTU SPU 1 1 3 5 1 1 6 0 24H 2TC 24H 24H XF2 24H 24C M2U YPZ AHY 1 1 1 6 gt 1 1 2 2 gt 1 1 6 2 1 1 2 3 gt 1 1 2 9 gt 1 1 2 19 gt 1 1 19 1 gt 1 1 3 2 gt 1 1 3 3 gt 1 1 4 1 gt ci 1 4 2 ci 1 0 0 ci 1 0 0 XF2 ci 1 3 14 6C2 1 1 1 15 gt Cancel Figure 3 8 Add Group Member Icons on the Add Member pop up indicate the following items E This icon indicates an Area ae LEE This icon indicates a Function Block ti This icon indicates a Group To Delete a Group Member Select View Edit Groups from the main menu or pick the Groups button The Groups Page will display all of the groups which exist for the current line number SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 1 Select the group you wish to modify then pick the View button The Groups page will display the tab labels for all the current members of the group Select the member name to be deleted Pick the Delete button A pop up will ask if you want to delete Pick OK to accept the change or Cancel to abort
37. Gi WDU 1 1 7 1 GM 1 CM FB 15 DC4 1 1 7 15 GM 1 CM 8 FB 01 LG2 1 1 8 1 gt GM 1 CM S8 FB 15 DC4 1 1 8 15 GM 1 CM 09 FB 01 L G 1 1 9 1 TTTTTTTTTTTTTTTT EN y a CLE 6 SSee Seles Figure 3 19 The Trend Menu page Old style trends do not appear on the Trend Menu To view trend data for old style trends issue the trends manual command from the FB level of a module configured to store old style trends such as Exec 3 x modules Each trend is displayed with the function block tab label and trend description followed by two numbers The first number displays the expander number for I O point trends or the word Wire for trends generated by Trend microblocks The next number displays the channel number for I O point trends or the wire number for Trend microblocks To choose a trend for display on the Trend Graph select it and pick Accept To select multiple trends use one of the following methods e Click on a trend continue to hold the mouse button and drag the mouse pointer up or down Release the mouse when the desired trends are selected e Hold the Ctrl key while selecting trends that are not adjacent on the list e Select a trend then hold the Shift key while selecting another trend all the trends in between the two selected trends will become selected SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Make sure that all the necessary nodes are expanded before selecting multiple t
38. Pickable Window Function on page 6 47 fbhelp This command brings up a Function Block Help file if one exists in a separate window This command has the same result as pressing the Shift key while picking the Help button or F1 key See the section How to use Help on page 2 26 for more information global modify This command activates the global modify feature which allows you to modify parameters for many Function Blocks at once go node id name This command takes you directly to the desired node in the system The node ID name for Function Blocks is defined in the configuration text and can be found on both the FB s Parameter and Status screens help This command brings up the SiteScan 2000 for Windows Help file in a separate window This command has the same result as pressing the Help button or the F1 key See the section How to use Help on page 2 26 for more information live gfb This command when issued at the Function Block level displays a Live GFB for that particular Function Block If the Live GFB does not exist an error message appears This command has the same result as pressing the Live GFB button mark This command displays the Mark pop up which allows you to mark or unmark modules for downloading memory parameters and schedules This feature makes marking and downloading an easy two step process See the section Marking on page 5 11 for more information menu This command swaps between displaying the SiteScan
39. SET NAME HWPUMP REQUEST LINK2 HOT_1 S MO80 RTIM FORMULA HWPUMP MAINT XLS B 12 SET NAME BOILER REQUEST LINK2 HOT_1 S M081 RTIM FORMULA BOILER MAINT XLS B 13 TERMINATE LINK2 RETURN ClearAll a SELECT R5C2 R7C5 CLEAR 3 SELECT R11C2 R13C2 CLEAR 3 SELECT R3C8 CLEAR 3 SELECT R14C1 RETURN ok k ok 5 54 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 6 Draw for Windows What s New Draw for Windows is an Liebert Windows application designed for use with SiteScan 2000 for Windows The primary function of Draw is to produce the color graphics which are an integral part of SiteScan 2000 for Windows The following new feature is available in Draw version 2 6 1 Support for Windows NT has been added The Draw for Windows Screen DRAW UNTITLED File Edit Selection Symbols Text Reorder Options Layers Help Menu Bar ec Figure E Menu ea Drawing Area Palette Line Patterns p ENE Types Status Bar E 0 R OND Po Figure 6 1 The Draw for Windows Screen SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 1 6 2 e Draw for Windows The Menu Bar contains menus of commands which carry out similar actions You can use the mouse or the keyboard to execute commands from each menu Commands that have an underbar beneath a letter can be executed by pressing Alt and the letter simultaneously In addition menu items are disabled
40. Sa lin A AA E A 6 40 DOS AAA AA AAR Ra RAR AAO ASA ERR ON Gute A Geek et Baar 6 40 TORU bP E Gab Sk ge A iia 6 40 Solid Square Rectangle ss ocer sete ee ch ee eh aaa ee a eo 6 41 Solid Etre tin ia wes OH Ms SAE ANE es AS Ge Te A Goo Pe as 6 41 Sold FUN PSO iis ss esas sack AA Me tes eee stele Sueded SAA aR A 6 42 Solid ATE ssc tebe wih Sold hed eed edd ttt AA bile tee 6 42 SOlid Polygon st cheat als see Sha le a ie ae a ties Sea a bp ha ek be a 6 43 Variable Color s ccs ic Bi le Roe ee ee I EA de eee eee es Gye a Sede Payee OTe eee 6 44 The Pickable Window Function 3 3 vs eb aa ue AS ob Rebs he abe EA gb kd Foie EA 6 47 The Variable Text Function 2 0 0 cece ec ee a eee renee ee nen ee eben eee ene eeeens 6 49 Simple Expressions it sid es i se hoe ASG id bs ey 6 50 Conditional Expressions ooo 6 51 About Prime Variables A AA RARA FSO ae OIA AIRS 6 55 About Global Points cic 3 5 hed ieee ik Qed deans ci 6 57 The Bitmap Functtone 23 0205 oi sews es ek yas Sed A ive Soap oe cle hele ae tia 6 60 Utility Applications 7 1 Contistration UTES tir AS RS RS ARA ia 7 1 OVETVIEW 0 a A A A A ee ewes 7 1 Systemi ID ic RR AA AAA ARA AA 7 1 Config Text ini A Anc 7 2 MAA i Seas bs Shatin ek Gah a hd ee sais Gack cables Cache a 7 3 Buld MOE merere Alek A Mee ee e EY ae Ae ey Meets aR ee 7 5 FB ds AN A ES AA IA A A AA 7 6 DCI a gee aed 7 6 Analyzing the Results 0000000 e 7 6 Backup Restore iii tes heed See Meas Sinn Ree ee
41. Service Inhibit NO UNIT TEMP CAI exp 1 chan 06 lock N 06 04 offs 06 00 gain 2 00 UNIT HUMIDITY LAI exp 1 chan 9 lock N 06 004 offs G GG gain 2 00 STAGES u SAI expt chan QE lock N 8 08 offs g 08 gain 1 90 AE a a f 11 21 am Aaa a e ee e is Figure 3 17 The Environmental Parameter Page In SiteScan 2000 for Windows the setpoint parameters are established for each Input Output point To modify the setpoints you must change the setpoint parameters for each I O point by selecting a particular point and entering the new data on the pop up menu The setpoints are downloaded once a new screen is selected or by clicking on the parameter screen currently being displayed For more information about the Parameter page see the section The Parameter Page on page 5 5 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 51 In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser a changeable FB level screen may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it For example another user may be displaying a Parameter page when you try to access the Setpoint Graph for that same Function Block You will be notified by a Parameters Lockout Advisory error if this occurs and you cannot change any part of that FB until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information 3 52 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Setup Page Overview The Setup Page is where SiteScan 200
42. Settings which require text can be changed by clicking on the text box and typing the text A box at the bottom of each page explains the function of the currently selected setting The Tab key or Shift Tab can be used to scroll through an application s settings without making changes Saving and Exiting The Save button writes the current changes to the alc ini file If changes have been made but not saved pressing the Exit button provides an opportunity to save the changes Settings are saved to the alc ini file only if changes have been made Settings which are equal to the default values are not written to the alc ini file because they are inherent to the operation of the application s The INI Configuration Manager does not support multiuser simultaneous editing of the alc ini file NOTE Changes to the alc ini file are not written until you explicitly save them SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 23 5 24 e Advanced Topics NOTE Some Liebert applications read alc ini settings only when the application is started If you change a configuration setting while an application is running you may need to close the application and restart it before that setting takes affect The SiteScan Tab This page displays the most frequently changed settings for SiteScan 2000 for Windows The settings are grouped into these areas Alarm Check Printing Miscellaneous and Drive Setup Any changes to this page are writ
43. Site Applications SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 31 3 32 e Activities Features of the Live GFB Screen Moving Around Use the PgUp PgDn and arrow keys on the keyboard to view parts of the Graphic Function Block not currently displayed on the screen The Live GFB Buttons The buttons on the Live GFB screen provide a great deal of control over the appearance of the data The Dynamic button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to refresh the screen with live data from the module The time between refreshes is determined by the Rate button e The Rate button Pressing this button allows you to specify how often SiteScan 2000 for Windows uploads data from the module for display on the Live GFB screen Dynamic updating is suspended if the graphic frame is not visible The Static button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to stop dynamically updating and to hold the current data on the screen e The Again button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to upload and display the current data directly from the module Parameter Mismatch This Live GFB feature displays the values which exist in the module for the output s of each microblock These values are normally displayed in yellow However if the parameters which exist in the module are not the same as the parameters stored in the computer the microblock output values are displayed in p
44. Trend Report automatically refer to the Alert EL User s Guide SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Graphics Color Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Graphics Color for a color alll printer causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print a duplicate of the screen s current display This feature is useful in obtaining a full color hard copy of a color screen such as the Schedule Graph Trend Graph Setup Page Modstat etc The button bar is not printed but the time the print was made is centered at the bottom Graphics B amp W Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Graphics B amp W for a black and white printer causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print a duplicate of the screen s current display This feature changes black to white and everything else to black This feature is useful in obtaining a hard copy of a screen such as the Schedule Graph Trend Graph Setup Page Modstat etc The button bar is not printed but the time the print was made is centered at the bottom SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 41 Schedules Optional Feature 3 42 e Activities K Add Modify Delete il 02 0 RENCE ROOM RTU OUR from 10 00am 25 Dec 96 unt pm 25 Dec 9396 every mtwtf FLOOR NOR from 07 30am until G5 3Gpm every mtwtf ITY MUT
45. WED A A al E Occupied 23 Dec Normal Holiday THU De A 24 Dec Override Inconsistent FRI A 25 Dec SAT 26 Dec 12a 4a 8a 12p 4p Sp 12a Figure 3 15 The Schedule Graph 3 44 e Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Schedule Graph displays schedules for the level where the Schedule Graph command was issued Schedules which exist at this level for the current day and the following four days are displayed in specific colors corresponding to the type of schedule These schedules are plotted on a 24 hour chart for easy reference The Schedule Graph cannot display schedules having a duration of less than five minutes Schedules are marked as Inconsistent when the schedules in the module s are different from the schedules in the Workstation You can verify which schedules exist only in the Workstation by examining the Schedule Page see Figure 3 14 NOTE The Operator Activity Recorder sce the section Setup Page on page 3 53 can be used to determine details about schedule changes including who what when old and new Schedule Options GFBs must be initially programmed by Liebert Site Applications upon request Using the Schedule Pop up The Schedule pop up is an interactive menu which provides several ways to enter a schedule Every schedule must contain certain elements A time must be defined with an hour and a minute and a date must be defined with a day a month and a year unless the schedule is non
46. Windows About dialog box Index This command is used to access Draw for Windows s online Help facility Individual topics may be accessed by selecting the appropriate entry from the help index For more information on using Windows online Help press F1 twice About Draw for Windows This commands displays the Draw for Windows dialog box which shows the software version and copyright information DRAW for Windows Version 2 5 Copyright 1994 1995 Automated Logic Corporation Figure 6 22 About Draw SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 37 How to draw objects NOTE Always select the proper layer before drawing an object See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for more information Line 1 Select the Line figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Line figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu 2 Select the desired line style from the area below the Figure Menu The selected line style will be enclosed with a white box 3 Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having a line type other than a solid line 4 Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the line 5 Move the cursor to the ending point and release th
47. Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 27 6 28 e Draw for Windows The hot keys for the text Direction functions are associated with F11 When the Horizontal direction is selected text flows from left to right e When the Vertical direction is selected text flows from top to bottom e When the Ascending direction is selected text flows from lower left to upper right When the Descending direction is selected text flows from upper left to lower right The Alignment options Align Left Align Center and Align Right align the text to the left center or right of the cursor These options are only available for horizontal text The origin for text objects is located at the left side of the baseline To set the text attributes before text is drawn 1 Pick Fonts from the Text menu pick the desired font from the sub menu Pick Direction from the Text menu pick the desired direction from the sub menu Pick the desired color from the palette 4 Pick the Abc icon from the Figure Menu 5 Position the cursor within the Drawing Area where the text is to appear Draw the text by typing it into the keyboard Press the Enter key when finished To set the text attributes after text is drawn 1 Oye erty Serre Sh Pick Edit from the Edit menu Pick Attributes from the sub menu Pick the text to be edited Pick the desired attribute color text font or direction Repeat steps 1 4 for multiple
48. before clearing the screen answer NO and pick Save or Save As before clearing Open This command loads a new file into Draw for Windows using the new gfx file format Use the File Import command to open bin files created with the DOS based version of Draw Unless specified otherwise files are loaded from the directory specified by the DefFileOpenDir command in the DRAW section of the alc ini file default is c ss2000 xxx SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 9 OPEN File Name File Name Directories c ss2000 dem atlanta gfx E gt cS floor_5 gfx gt ss2000 t00 gfx E gt d trh gfx om ztc gfx C m68 List Files of Type Drives GFX Frames GFX Frames GFX Frames GFX GFX c 504_conner c 504_conner 504_conner Description Figure 6 3 File Open Save This command saves a file using the gfx file format see note below These graphics files can only be displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 0 or later using a VGA compatible monitor and graphics card See the section Minimum Hardware Requirements on page 2 3 for more information Unless specified otherwise files are saved in the directory specified by the DefFileOpenDir command in the alc ini file default is c ss2000 xxx If you attempt to save a file which already exists a dialog box appears which asks Are You Sure If the file was originally drawn using Draw for DOS use the Save As comman
49. bmp extension before it displays the graphic frame For bitmaps placed into a graphic drawing With Draw for Windows V2 5 or later bitmaps can be easily placed into a graphic drawing at the desired position In order to display the bitmap SiteScan 2000 for Windows must be able to find the bitmap file If no path is defined when the bitmap is placed in the graphic drawing then the bitmap file bmp must exist in the same directory as the graphic file gfx See the section The Bitmap Function on page 6 60 for more information For bitmaps not placed into a graphic drawing SiteScan 2000 for Windows can display a single bitmap file and then draw the graphic drawing on top of the bitmap e The bitmap must be located in the System directory Ss2000 xxx and must use the same filename but with a bmp file extension as the graphic drawing bin or gfx file with which it will be displayed e The maximum size for a bitmap to be displayed varies according to the resolution Table 5 6 Maximum Bitmap Sizes Screen Horizontal Vertical Resolution pixels pixels 640x480 594 354 800x600 753 473 1024x768 977 641 e SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays the bitmap in the upper left corner of the graphic frame Advanced Topics 5 43 5 44 e Advanced Topics When SiteScan 2000 for Windows opens a graphic frame it searches in the following order for the file to display Bitmap file
50. button in the Options pop up after using the Delete button The Duration button Pressing this button allows you to assign for the selected trend s how old a data sample can be 1 365 days before Trend Historian can delete it When new trend data is received Trend Historian first stores the new trend data and then deletes any data older than each trend s duration Double clicking on a trend also allows you to change the duration The default duration for trends received by Trend Historian for the first time is defined on the Options pop up The Help button Pressing this button allows you to view the Trend Historian help file Figure 5 11 The Trend Historian Options pop up Trend Historian Options The Sort By Name button Pressing this button causes Trend Historian to display the list of trends by the FB name and trend name which is assigned on the FB parameter page The Sort By Address button Pressing this button causes Trend Historian to display the list of trends by address If a trend comes from a Trend microblock its expander number is indicated as wire and its channel number is the trend s wire number as reported on the Parameter or Status page If a trend comes from an Exec 4 x module virtual point its expander number is indicated as virt SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 21 5 22 e Advanced Topics The 12 Hour Format button Pressing this button causes
51. character assigned in the configuration text to each FB Every FB in a System has a unique ID Tele This indicates the telephone number for the FB s gateway module as defined on the Connections Page Line GCM CM FB This is the address of the FB from the configuration text It stands for telephone line number gateway module number control module number and Function Block number Flags This identifies three flags which indicate the FB is marked because of certain conditions If all flags display dashes then the FB is not marked A P flag indicates that there has been a change to the FB s Parameter page which has not been downloaded to the module An S flag indicates that there has been a change to the FB s schedules which has not been downloaded to the module An M indicates that memory download has failed for this Function Block Dashes indicate that the FB is not marked with a flag All Options This is the only changeable parameter in the Header portion of the FB and toggles between Y and N When it is set to Y all parameters become visible even if they have not been defined you may have to redraw the screen by picking a tab to see them When it is set it to N only those parameters which have been defined are visible Type This parameter indicates how often the Function Block has been made in Eikon requires Eikon V2 1 or greater and SiteScan 2000 for Windows V1 1 or greater Older versions of Eikon se
52. correct GMT Offset for your area contact a nearby weather installation or government office SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 15 To Edit Connections 1 Select Utilities Connections from the main menu or pick the Utilities button followed by the Connections ETC option 2 Double click on the new or existing line number to bring up the Edit Connection pop up 3 Make the changes See the section Using Macros on page 3 10 for more information concerning macros NOTE The information in the Connection Type and the Serial Port Setup sections must match the information on the Connection Configuration Page 4 Select OK to save the changes or Cancel to abort 3 16 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Connection Configuration The Connection Configuration Page stores hardware port access information for Liebert Windows applications Once configured it functions as an arbitrator by guarding access to the limited number of serial port or network connections It also provides for device independence by allowing a program to select the next available matching connection when sending outgoing data To access the Connection Configuration Page pick Configure Connections from the Connections Page Ss UN a 36048 Modem Figure 3 4 The Connection Configuration Page To Configure Connections 1 Select Utilities Connections from the main menu or pick the Utilities button followed by the
53. dated Selecting non dated means that the schedule is independent from a start date and end date or both LA UA A 27 3 2 m da ECN ETTE 11 m E CO O A ew Figure 3 16 Schedule Pop up SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 45 3 46 e Activities Times and dates exist within scroll boxes Scroll boxes can be edited several ways e By scrolling with the mouse or arrow keys e By picking from the pop up menu boxes Placing the cursor A scroll box can be edited using the mouse and or the arrow keys Every item that can be changed in a scroll box assumes an exact position This position must be selected before it can be changed To select a position in a scroll box click once on the item to be changed If the cursor is not below the correct position you can move it by clicking elsewhere with the mouse again or by pressing the left lt or right gt arrow keys on the keyboard Once the cursor is below the correct position in a scroll box the item can be edited To edit by Scrolling To increment the item scroll it up using one of these methods e Press the left mouse button Hold the mouse button to continue scrolling e Press the up 1 arrow key Hold the key to continue scrolling much faster To decrement the item scroll it down using one of these methods e Press the right mouse button Hold the mouse button to continue scrolling e Press the down J arrow key Hold the key to continue scr
54. do not appear when displaying data from Trend Historian unless the zoom feature is used The left arrow may occur in these situations e When the user has zoomed in on a trend e When multiple trends having different intervals are displayed on the same graph The right arrow may occur in these situations e When the user has zoomed in on a trend e When multiple trends having different intervals are displayed on the same graph e When trend data is uploaded from a module whose clock is ahead of the workstation s clock To view the data not displayed in this case pick the Timespan button and change the last minute hour day week or month settings to cover the time when these samples were created SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Since the X axis is scaled to fit the shortest interval of the selected trends trends with longer intervals may not extend to the right end of the graph Also if the Timespan feature is used to view older data stored by Trend Historian the trend may not extend to the left end of the graph when the oldest data samples are displayed When the Trend Graph is initially displayed the screen represents a snapshot of the data stored in the module s Pick the Again button to view current trend data directly from the module s To view the data samples dynamically pick the Dynamic button The Rate button determines how ofter the screen refreshes with live data Dynamic updating is suspended if th
55. editing this group at this time Retry group edits later Groups Error Circular definition User attempted to add a new group name to this group which also references this group Add a different group name or delete this group s name from the group being added SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 5 8 6 e Appendix A Groups Error Too Many Members User attempted to make a group with more than 32 members Create a new group name add members to 1t from this group then add the new group name as a member of this group Groups Error No node exists in the configuration named TECSUP 1 Groups Error The area or FB specified is already a member of this group Ilegal Reference Error Graphic frame or manual command references ALCMEC 1 which is nota valid node ID in the configuration database Modify graphic to correct ID reference error or retry command using valid node ID Ilegal Value Error User has syntax errors in command or in graphic file Retry command using proper syntax or edit graphic to use proper syntax Invalid DDE Request Invalid Password Try again Line 1 gateway time 11 02 24 SEP 94 set to system time 12 02 24 SEP 94 Live GFB Not Found Error Graphic FB not found inside packed FB Contact authorized service representative to resolve problem Live GFBs EXE File Error Live GFB executable files not found in locations referenced by EIKSERVE section of ALC INI
56. error Mustard Configuration error SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 17 Navigating the System Using the Mouse SiteScan 2000 for Windows simplifies communication with its sophisticated information system by allowing all operator activity to be executed through the use of a two button mouse and a series of pull down menus or on screen buttons The mouse allows you to quickly move the on screen cursor shaped like an arrow to select the location or piece of information about which you want to inquire This selection process is executed by placing the arrow on the name of the item to be selected The item s background changes to reverse video or highlights when the cursor passes over it The mouse picks upon release of the left button Once you have made your selection the screen will display the next level of information Moving Around SiteScan 2000 for Windows allows you to access a tremendous amount of information in a logical and efficient manner Each system is organized into Areas which may contain other Areas or Function Blocks The hierarchy of the system is stored in the configuration text When an area is displayed such as a building or floorplan you are considered to be at the Area level When a Parameter page Status page FB graphic Live GFB Setpoint Graph or Point Help page is displayed you are considered to be at the Function Block level the most basic level of control in S
57. feature can be enabled disabled using the R key Magnetism This command enables or disables the Magnetism feature which automatically positions objects in the Drawing Area to the grid points whether or not the grid is enabled Magnetism can be enabled disabled by pressing the M key Edit Options This command allows you to change settings in the alc ini file which affect the operation of Draw for Windows Some of these same settings can be changed in the INI Configuration Manager See the section The Draw Tab on page 5 34 for more information Edit Options Directories Default File Open CASS2000DEMI System Files Library File DRAWY LIB CASS20004DRAW LIB Menu File DRAWMENU TXT CASS2000DRAWMENU TXT Screen J Figures J Prompt J Grid J Palette O Redraw CO Magnetism Figure 6 20 Edit Options SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 31 e Default File Open This field defines the default directory which Draw for Windows initially points to when opening or saving a file gfx files Library File This field locates the draw lib file which defines internal symbols used by Draw for Windows e Menu File This field locates drawmenu txt file which defines menu bar definitions for the Draw for Windows screen The Screen section indicates the display options that are currently enabled for Draw for Windows Changing these options has the same effect as changing the correspondi
58. file Verify presence and locations of GFB files referenced by ALC INI file Live GFBs FB Mismatch Error The FB in the workstation database 1s of a different revision or 3 letter name than that in the module Contact an authorized service representative to resolve problem Live GFBs Parameter Mismatch Error GFB packed into FB file is different than its matching downloaded files Remake FB in Eikon with PackFB enabled Contact an authorized service representative to resolve problem SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Live GFBs Error Eikon not able to load Graphic FB Free up memory by closing unrelated applications and retry the operation Live GFBs Error Insufficient memory to display GFB Free up memory by closing unrelated applications and retry the operation Live GFBs Error Insufficient memory to run Live GFB program EIKSERVE EXE Free up memory by closing unrelated applications and retry the operation Live GFBs Error This version cannot display Live GFBs Memory Download Error Line 1 GCM 1 CM 2 not communicating Memory download aborted Verify communications to module and retry Memory Download Error Memory download to Line 1 GCM 1 CM 2 unsuccessful or aborted by user Eliminate phone line or CMnet noise and retry verify correct module operation Memory Download Error User tried to download memory to a module from an area level Go to an FB and then download memory to the
59. for the software license installation This license destination has already prepared a license transfer location and cannot prepare a second one This message appears if the computer receiving a transferred license has already prepared an interim location and the operator attempts to prepare a second interim location Only one interim transfer location either diskette or network drive can be prepared Use the previously prepared location to complete the transfer 8 18 e Appendix A SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide This license is already valid and cannot be used to prepare a transfer location Please run the License Administration program from the destination computer the target system to prepare a transfer disk The operator attempted to use the Prepare License Transfer Disk option on a computer that already has a valid license installed The Prepare License Transfer Disk option should only be used on a computer that does not have a valid license installed If you want to transfer a software license to a different computer first run the License Administration program on the computer that will receive the transferred license then select the Prepare License Transfer Disk option This product currently has no valid license to transfer An attempt was made to use the Transfer License to Disk option on a computer that does not have a valid license Use the Transfer License to Disk option only on a computer which has a val
60. for this application WARNING Chan 13 requested by FB 4 already used as Chan 13 by FB 3 Cause Physical Output conflict between two FBs Function Blocks are allowed to share any form of input but output conflicts cannot be resolved Note that channel 41 will conflict with channel 11 since they both use the same physical point SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A 8 23 8 24 e Appendix A Action Correct conflict in parameters and then download memory WARNING Chan 34 requested by FB 2 does not exist on a 442 Cause Input or output channel does not exist on this board type Action Correct conflict in parameters and then download parameters to the FB who was in error WARNING XRAM needed for Analog Chan 45 requested by FB 2 Cause 8401 board has empty RAM socket Action Replace 8401 with new board with all sockets filled ERROR Halted since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Changed ADDR Address used to be 15 0F Cause Cover moved existing programs are now invalid Action Download memory ERROR Halted since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Changed TYPE Type used to be 442 Cause Cover moved existing programs are now invalid Action Download memory ERROR Halted since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Bad write to XXXX Cause Attempted to download too many programs into an A or B type 8401 board will be paired with Stopped by incomplete Memory Download Action Replace with a C
61. from a DOS prompt with the following commands time Enter The computer will respond with the current DOS clock time and ask you to set a new time If the time is correct press Enter date Enter The computer will respond with the current DOS clock date and ask you to set a new date If the date is correct press Enter NOTE Using these commands to change the DOS clock does not affect the hardware clock in older computers Timeset Feature Module clocks can be reset from the Workstation s DOS clock every time the Workstation contacts a System If the difference between the Workstation clock and the gateway module clock is greater than 15 minutes SiteScan 2000 for Windows may ask if you want to reset the module clock see the Time Set command in the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 If you answer yes the Workstation s time and date is sent to the gateway module thereby synchronizing all the modules on the System If you answer no the time and date on the System remains unchanged However if the time and date difference is less than or equal to 15 minutes an automatic synchronization broadcast is made The Timeset feature is enabled by the Timeset command in the alc ini file SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 39 5 40 e Advanced Topics Resetting the Hardware Clock The types of hardware clocks used in Workstation computers vary widely Each type requires a different procedure to set the t
62. from the starting point to form a circle of the desired size Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press Esc to abort this function Draw for Windows 6 41 6 42 e Draw for Windows Solid Ellipse 1 Select the Solid Circle figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Solid Circle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired pattern from the area below the Palette The selected pattern will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for solid objects with a pattern Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center of the desired ellipse and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor outward to form a circle of the desired horizontal dimension While still holding the left mouse button down click the right mouse button and move the cursor up down or left right until the desired ellipse has been formed This takes some practice to determine how to form an ellipse of the proper size and orientation Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press ESC to abort this function If necessary use the Scale command to rotate the ellipse Solid Arc 1 Select the Solid Arc figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Solid Arc figure w
63. gateway module s when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects with a System If the difference is less than or equal to 15 minutes SiteScan 2000 for Windows sets the time and date in every gateway module on the line If the difference is greater than 15 minutes adjusted for time zone variations and the Error Wait setting in the Printing section is enabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows asks whether you want to make the broadcast If the difference is greater than 15 minutes adjusted for time zone variations and the Error Wait setting is disabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows continues without making a time date broadcast When Time Set is disabled no time broadcast is made Also see the Lgtimeset setting in the section The alc ini File on page 5 37 Demo Enabling this setting causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display specific items on the screen such as times and intervals and the occupied unoccupied demand level indicators This feature is used for demonstration purposes where the Trend and Setpoint Graph screens must be substituted with simulated data see the trenddemo manual command in the section Commands on page 3 1 The demo setting should be disabled unless you are viewing the DEM system files Menu This setting defines whether SiteScan 2000 for Windows opens by displaying the menu bar at the top of the screen or the buttons at the bottom of the screen Enabling this setting displays the menu 5 26 Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000
64. increase a setpoint by two degrees enter 2 00 To decrease a setpoint by two degrees enter 2 00 Confirm This field determines whether the system pauses for your confirmation before making each parameter change When Confirm is enabled button pressed in a pop up appears asking for permission to make the change to the parameter displayed in the Status Area Press Ok to make the change and continue or press Cancel to skip the displayed FB and continue Pressing the Esc key aborts the global modify process but does not undo any prior changes If Confirm is disabled button out the system will automatically make changes to all matching FBs when Proceed is selected Be careful with this feature To use Global Modify 1 If SiteScan 2000 for Windows is already loaded update the configuration text Do this by selecting Exit then answering SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Yes to the pop up which asks Update configuration text The pop up only appears if changes have been made since SiteScan 2000 for Windows was started This step allows you to undo any changes by recompiling the unmodified configuration text 2 If further protection is desired back up the System files for the System to be changed 3 Start SiteScan 2000 for Windows and go to the level where you wish to make global changes Like schedules global modify is only effective for the FBs at or below the level where global modify is launched 4 Selec
65. installation Example EDIT Z4H15_1 FLOW OVS When issued from a graphic edits the parameter for the FB having an FBID of Z4H15_1 Example SET Z4H15_1 FLOWSOVR Y Z4H15_1 FLOWS OVS ON When issued from a graphic for the FB having an FBID of Z4H15_1 this command locks the fan status digital input to ON For more information about using manual commands in SiteScan 2000 for Windows see the section Commands on page 3 1 in the SiteScan 2000 User s Guide Press the Enter key to enter the command or press the Esc key to abort this function SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Variable Text Function When used with SiteScan 2000 for Windows the variable text function can create a string that changes based on the evaluation of a user defined expression This function is indicated on the Figures Menu as Variable Abc Variable text has also been referred to as stacked text or dynamic text Variable text can be edited after it is drawn using the Edit Variables command Because Draw for Windows does not support multiple drawing modes files created in Draw for DOS containing Variable Color Stacked Text i e open closed normal alarm dty cln must be edited before being saved in Draw for Windows To do this Import the bin file into Draw for Windows Then Delete the old Variable Color Stacked Text from the drawing Next draw the Variable Color Variable text using the method described in the section To draw Variable colo
66. is not entered then SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays the object in mustard color representing a configuration error The Pickable Window Function The Pickable Window Function is a feature of the Draw program that is used in combination with SiteScan 2000 for Windows primarily to allow access from one graphic frame to another This function is indicated on the Figure Menu as Pick Win SiteScan 2000 for Windows ignores any colors associated with pickable windows A pickable window can be edited after it is drawn using the Edit Variables command The fourth line style or closely knitted line is used primarily for drawing pickable windows Each pickable window must be assigned a window function command The window function command can accept any valid SiteScan 2000 for Windows manual command and is used as follows e When directing SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display another graphic frame enter the manual command GO followed by the ID name of the destination from the configuration text Example GO DC0201_1 where GO is a mandatory instruction and DC0201_1 is the ID name of the destination e When directing SiteScan 2000 for Windows to issue a different manual command enter that command as it would be entered in SiteScan 2000 for Windows Example PA 3 4 where PA is a manual command and 3 4 is the address When this window is picked SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display the parameter page for FB no 4 in module no 3 of the
67. it is running in Real mode check to make sure that the appropriate version of himem sys has been loaded in config sys Unless you are using MS DOS 5 0 or later use only the version of himem sys that came with Windows and not the version that came with DOS In order to run properly in Microsoft Windows 3 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows requires that the DOS program share exe be loaded in memory during execution of the autoexec bat file The setup program modifies the autoexec bat file if necessary Windows 95 SiteScan 2000 for Windows can run under Windows 95 which provides many benefits over Windows 3 1 If you experience palette problems with your current video drivers you SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide may find that Windows 95 resolves your problem One of the problems is that when switching between Windows software using the Alt Tab feature the colors sometimes do not return to normal Windows 95 addresses this situation by providing better support for a wide range of video hardware and by providing more stable and reliable video driver software In addition the Windows 95 Setup automatically detects the display adapter in the computer and it installs the correct display driver for the computer upgrading to a new driver if a newer version is available Microsoft developed many of the display drivers for Windows 95 in conjunction with the display hardware manufacturers The Microsoft development team also worked closely
68. make sure the disk is not full or write protected SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 13 8 14 Appendix A The current system time has been moved prior to the installation of this software package and has invalidated the software license Please reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license This message occurs if the computer s time or date is changed to a time or date prior to the software s installation Make sure the computer displays the correct time and date and re install the software A new Authorization Code must be obtained to re register the software license The current system time has been moved prior to the most recent software license check This action has invalidated the software license until the system time is properly adjusted This message may occur if the computer s time or date is changed to an earlier time or date Make sure the computer displays the correct time and date and launch the software again The license cannot be transferred because one or more of the license files for this computer are missing or damaged The license cannot be transferred because the software license files on the computer the license is to be transferred from are missing or damaged Install the software from the original distribution diskettes on the computer that is to receive the license It will not be necessary to complete the transfer process but you will nee
69. or depending on the view option the FB name and channel name the type of trend analog digital or floating point the date time of the latest data sample and the user defined duration The duration determines which trend samples are to be deleted when new data for a trend are received Trend Historian first stores new trend data then deletes any data older than each trend s duration A status line above the buttons indicates what Trend Historian s current action is This line displays idle ten seconds after the last message is displayed Trend Historian Buttons Trend Historian includes several buttons which are defined below e The System button Pressing this button allows you to view the list of trends for a different system The members of this list are all the Systems available in the current database e The Options button Pressing this button displays the Options pop up This pop up allows you to change the sort order and time display of the trends on the Trend Historian screen the default duration for storing trend data and the database options SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Delete button Pressing this button allows you to delete old trend data before the duration expires No communication may occur with Alert and SiteScan 2000 for Windows when the delete operation is in progress NOTE The Delete button does not reduce the size of the database files For this purpose use the database Optimize
70. refreshed objects in the newly refreshed layer may cover up objects in the other layers In essence objects can disappear Avoid drawing static objects and variable objects in the same layer We recommend drawing each Variable color or Variable text object in a unique layer if possible This method allows SiteScan 2000 for Windows to refresh individual objects when necessary without refreshing multiple objects some of which may not need refreshing Multiple variable objects should only be drawn in the same layer when more layers are needed than are available The following layering standards are recommended e Layers 00 04 Contains all static elements i e gray amp white text extension lines degrees F meters north arrow We do not recommend drawing variable colors or variable text in these layers This will avoid redraw problems in SiteScan 2000 for Windows e Layers 05 45 Contains all variable colors These colors change according to input information If possible each variable color object should be drawn in a separate layer e Layers 46 61 Contains all variable text These characters change according to input information If possible each variable text object should be drawn in a separate layer e Layer 62 Contains all pickable windows These windows determine what to display when they are picked e Layer 63 Contains all elements that are continually redrawn i e zone outlines text over variable colors interior wal
71. right of the tabs e Use the drop down box located to the right of the tabs NOTE The System which is displayed becomes the primary System ID and is written to the alc ini file when you save the settings For example if ABC is the primary System ID when you launch the INI Configuration Manager the ABC drive mappings will initially be displayed in the Drive Setup section Next if you display the drive mappings for System DEF and exit System DEF will become the primary System ID To add a System use the button and to delete a System use the button The change becomes effective when you press the Save button or press Exit and then answer Yes to save before exiting The program prevents you from adding a System using an existing name Picking the tab for System XXX displays the default drive mappings These default drive mappings are used by many Liebert applications to locate important files When a new System is created it inherits these defaults which are marked with asterisks on that System s custom drive setup Any changes to a System s drive mappings override the defaults for that System and are not marked with asterisks Any changes to the defaults on the System XXX page affect every System in which the defaults have not been overwritten To change a drive mapping double click on it or select the desired drive and press the space bar The Edit Drive Setting pop up will appear Type the new path and press the OK button The n
72. text objects Pick the desired color from the palette SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Reorder Menu Commands Reorder First Alt F12 Sooner Shft F12 Later F12 Last Ctrl F12 Figure 6 18 The Reorder Menu This menu contains all of the commands which have to do with changing the draw order of objects in the Drawing Area The hot keys for the Reorder functions are associated with F12 NOTE The Reorder commands are only applicable to objects drawn in the same layer These commands do NOT move objects to other layers First This command moves an object below the lowest object or the one which was drawn first For example if you have three objects you can use this command to move the last object that was drawn below the first one drawn Sooner This command moves an object below the next lower object For example if you have three objects you can use this command to move the first object that was drawn below the second one drawn Later This command moves an object above the next higher object For example if you have three objects you can use this command to move the last object that was drawn above the second one drawn Last This command moves an object above the highest object or the one which was drawn last For example if you have three objects you can use this command to move the first object that was drawn above the last one drawn SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows
73. the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license This message may occur if one or more of the software license files are moved on the disk Re install the software from the distribution diskettes to re install the software license A new Authorization Code must be obtained to re register the license Setup cannot install a valid product license for unknown reasons Error Please contact your software representative to report the problem An error occurred during installation that affects the software license Contact Technical Support for further assistance Setup could not generate a valid software license due to unknown reasons Error Please contact your software representative to report the problem An error occurred during installation that affects the software license Contact Technical Support for further assistance The authorization code is invalid for this site code Check to see that the code has not been mistyped The operator attempted to enter an Authorization Code on the Registration pop up but the code is not valid Correct any typographical errors and enter the code again If necessary call the Registration Desk to obtain a new code The authorization data cannot be saved Please insure that there is enough free disk space The operator attempted to register the software license by entering an Authorization Code but the information could not be saved Check to
74. using the Prepare License Transfer Disk option The interim location must be prepared by the computer that is to receive the transferred license The license cannot be transferred to the temporary registration location because the final target product already has a valid license The transfer cannot be completed because the interim transfer location was prepared on a computer that already has a valid software license Prepare the interim transfer location from a computer that does not have a valid software license and attempt the transfer process again The license information for this site cannot be accessed for unknown reasons This operation is only supported on Windows 3 x and Windows 95 The software license for this computer cannot be accessed for some reason Make sure that the computer is running Windows 3 1 or higher and that the software is successfully installed The license preparation cannot be performed at the specified location Please insure that there is adequate disk space and or the location is accessible The computer could not properly prepare the specified interim transfer location for the software license transfer process Make sure that the diskette or network drive is not full or write protected The license transfer preparation cannot continue due to an insufficient amount of disk space at the target location The interim transfer location does not have enough free disk space to make the software lic
75. was last changed SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 39 3 40 e Activities e To print the Trend Graph display the Trend Graph see section Trends on page 3 57 and select Utilities Print Graphics B amp W from the main menu e For information on printing Trend Reports automatically refer to the Alert EL User s Guide To manually print Trend data for Standard trends 1 Configure Standard trends according to the procedure Using Standard Trends Select Utilities Manual from the main menu or select the Manual Command button or press the Esc key Display the module driver Parameter page FB 15 by entering the following command pa module no 15 Set All Options to Yes Set the parameter This module should display old style FB trends to Yes This causes every FB in the module to display Standard trends rather than New trends At the desired FB select Utilities Print from the main menu or select the Print button to display the Print pop up Picking Trends causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to upload from the module and print the data for each Standard trend having a trend code defined in the FB The trend data is printed as a table of the values stored since the trend s interval parameter was last changed e To print the Trend Graph display the Trend Graph see section Trends on page 3 57 and select Utilities Print Graphics from the pop up menu e For information on printing a
76. you press Skip the files are not changed When the installation is complete the final dialog box appears Make a note of the instructions displayed Press Installation Complete to continue SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 17 Quit Windows and restart your computer 18 Launch Windows Insert the diskette labeled 2 6a Y2K Upgrade into your computer s floppy drive 19 In Windows Explorer or File Manager double click the ssw26a exe file on the diskette to start the upgrade Install the upgrade files into the same directory you chose in step 12 20 If there are no system files installed on the computer as is the case for a new installation use the following procedure to restore your system files a Launch the Backup and Restore utility and pick the Restore tab b Select the System ID which corresponds to your system files If the correct System ID is not listed you must add it using the INI Configuration Manager utility c Inthe File Selection section pick the Restore System Files option d Enter the source location and if necessary place the floppy disk containing the backed up system files into drive AA e Select Start Restore 21 Use the Configuration Utilities program to compile configuration text for every System that will be accessed by this workstation 22 Run SiteScan 2000 for Windows using the initial Owner level password of ss2000 then go to the Passwords page and change it to someth
77. 0 for Windows allows you to a configure various system wide features such as Operator Activity Recording Time Format and Color Upload options To access the Setup Page select Utilities Setup from the menu or the Utilities button and the Setup option The Setup Page requires a password level of 8 or higher In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the Setup Page may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it You will be notified by a Setup Lockout Advisory error 1f this occurs and you cannot access the Setup Page until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information LIELOG TXT Figure 3 18 The Setup Page SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 53 3 54 e Activities Operator Activity Recorder This section allows you to determine how the Operator Activity Recorder is set up When enabled and configured properly this feature stores all changes made to the system and who made them in a Read Only file The Basic column specifies which of the various tamperable features of the system are to be recorded The information stored from this command includes e WHICH feature was changed e WHO made the change WHEN the change was made The Fine Detail column yields even more information e WHAT value names were changed including OLD and NEW data NOTE The Operater Activity Recorder is not enabled until a File Name is entered
78. 00 for Windows Trend Graph see the section The Trend Graph on page 3 59 It is launched automatically by Alert Server when necessary and runs minimized on the desktop until closed by auser It can also be launched by the user if not already loaded Trend Historian cannot store New trend data until it receives a Trend Report from Alert Server For more information see the section Trend Report on page 4 7 Trend Historian is not supported by SS2W NOTE Trend Historian must be running in order to supply data to the SiteScan 2000 for Windows Trend Graph NOTE If Trend Historian cannot find its database files such as when it is launched for the first time it displays a pop up asking where to store them The default directory is c ss2000 data SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 19 5 20 e Advanced Topics Trend Historian ALC Trending Points Line Lan Type Latest Date Time Duration 097227 1994 097227 1994 097227 1994 09 22 1994 49 22 1994 09 22 1994 09 22 1994 09 22 1994 09 22 1994 09 22 1994 OM md md mol pod po po po po a Figure 5 10 The Trend Historian screen Trend Historian is password protected by the same passwords used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows A password level of 7 is required in order to launch maximize or close Trend Historian Trend Historian lists each trend being stored in the System along with information about each trend This information includes the point address
79. 10 Owner password only Because a password is required whenever someone enters SiteScan 2000 for Windows owners have discretion over who may access certain parts of the system Up to 32 passwords may be entered dE 3 34 e Activities Figure 3 11 The Password Page To Edit Passwords 1 Select Utilities Passwords from the main menu or pick the Utilities button then the Passwords option The Passwords Page will display all of the operators who have a password defined 2 Double click on a new or existing operator name to bring up the Edit Password pop up 3 Type in the changes then pick OK to save or Cancel to abort 4 Record all password settings where you can find them if necessary SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide GREG BARRETT MAINT jos Figure 3 12 The Edit Password pop up Password Levels There are ten available password levels with each succeeding level having a higher access The default password levels are described as follows Table 3 2 Password Levels Description Default Access TRAINEE The lowest password level users entering SiteScan 2000 for Windows with this level password may only examine the system Unassigned MAINT 1 Users at this level may examine the system and change schedules MAINT 2 Users at this level may do the above and change setpoints Unassigned SUPRVSR Users at this level may do the above and change parameters for microblocks assigne
80. 2000 for Windows screen with the main menu or with the buttons at the bottom This setting is saved in the alc ini file so that the same view is displayed the next time SiteScan 2000 for Windows is launched SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide modstat This command displays the Modstat page which shows hardware and software information relevant to the current module passwords This command displays the Passwords page which stores the passwords for all the users in SiteScan 2000 for Windows The Passwords page may be accessed by a Level 10 Owner only Input and Output points to be easily configured and calibrated eliminating the need to calculate offset and gain This has the same result as pressing the Point Help button pointhelp This command displays the Point Help page which allows quit This command exits from SiteScan 2000 for Windows to the Windows Program Manager This has the same result as pressing the Exit button If you have made any changes while in the program a pop up asks if you want to update configuration text Pick Yes or No as appropriate return This command can be issued multiple times to display up to eight of the previously viewed nodes in reverse order This has the same result as pressing the Return button run This command allows you to enter the name of another Windows application which will run while SiteScan 2000 for Windows runs in the background If the program cannot be located an error
81. 26 Activities In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the Groups Page may be in use by another user when you attempt to modify a group You will be notified by an error if this occurs and you cannot access that group on the Groups Page until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information To Rename a Group 1 Select View Edit Groups from the main menu or pick the Groups button The Groups Page will display all of the groups which exist for the current line number Select the group you wish to rename then pick the Rename button A pop up will allow you to enter up to 21 characters for the new group title Pick OK to accept the changes or Cancel to abort To Add a Group Member 1 Select View Edit Groups from the main menu or pick the Groups button The Groups Page will display all of the groups which exist for the current line number Select the group you wish to modify then pick the View button The Groups page will display the tab labels for all the current members of the group Pick the Add button The Add Member pop up will appear displaying the tab label for every Area FB and Group at the current level and below Select the new member then pick OK to accept the changes or Cancel to abort SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide EJ FIDELITY MUTUAL ES FIFTH FLOOR CONFERENCE ROOM LEJ HVAC RISER TIMED LOCAL OVERRIDE YTO E TEMPERATURE
82. 8 084 Dark White 98 124 124 124 Dark Cream 158 124 124 060 Very Dark White 99 080 080 080 Very Dark Cream 159 080 080 040 Very Light Orange 100 252 136 000 Very Light Lime 160 176 252 100 Light Orange 101 208 112 000 Light Lime 161 144 208 084 Medium Orange 102 168 088 000 Medium Lime 162 116 168 064 Dark Orange 103 124 064 000 Dark Lime 163 084 124 048 Very Dark Orange 104 080 040 000 Very Dark Lime 164 056 080 032 Very Light Leaf 105 136 252 000 Very Light Olive 165 128 252 128 Light Leaf 106 112 208 000 Light Olive 166 104 208 104 Medium Leaf 107 088 168 000 Medium Olive 167 084 168 084 Dark Leaf 108 064 124 000 Dark Olive 168 060 124 060 Very Dark Leaf 109 040 080 000 Very Dark Olive 169 040 080 040 Very Light Teal 110 000 252 136 Very Light Tealwash 170 124 252 196 Light Teal 111 000 208 112 Light Tealwash 171 100 208 160 Medium Teal 112 000 168 088 Medium Tealwash 172 080 168 128 Dark Teal 113 000 124 064 Dark Tealwash 173 060 124 096 Very Dark Teal 114 000 080 040 Very Dark Tealwash 174 040 080 060 Very Light Skyblue 115 000 136 252 Very Light Aqua 175 148 252 232 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows e 6 7 Table 6 3 Palette of Colors in Draw V2 5 or higher Color Index R G B Co
83. 8 10 9 1 9 2 GCM 8 7 Global modify 2 22 3 4 3 21 3 23 5 4 5 5 8 5 Green 6 6 Group 3 26 3 28 3 38 3 39 3 43 8 4 8 6 9 3 H Hardware key 8 19 8 20 Help 2 26 2 28 3 4 5 34 9 2 9 4 Holiday 3 47 I O code 3 38 ID name 3 3 3 4 3 6 6 44 6 46 6 48 6 50 6 53 6 56 6 57 Inconsistent 3 44 Increment 3 22 3 46 Install 2 6 2 7 Interval 3 39 3 40 3 59 3 61 3 66 3 69 3 73 4 8 8 11 L License 2 11 2 14 8 12 Line number 3 10 Link 5 48 Live GFB 2 18 2 22 3 2 3 4 3 29 3 33 5 4 5 5 5 47 8 5 8 7 9 3 Logger 9 4 Macro 3 11 Mark 3 4 3 24 3 49 MB code 3 3 3 6 6 50 6 53 6 55 Memory 2 4 2 10 5 8 5 42 8 2 8 5 8 7 8 8 8 10 8 12 8 22 8 25 Message 4 4 10 2 e Index Metafile 3 65 Metric 5 46 5 47 Military time 5 22 Modstat 3 5 8 22 9 3 Module driver 3 30 3 39 3 40 3 57 3 67 3 69 3 72 4 3 5 4 5 42 9 3 Mouse 2 18 3 46 5 12 5 27 Multiuser 2 6 3 23 3 26 3 36 3 52 3 53 5 4 5 16 5 23 N Navigation 3 32 Netbios 3 20 Netscan 8 22 New trend 3 67 4 7 5 19 Node 3 2 3 6 3 57 3 59 8 6 8 7 9 3 Normal 3 47 O Orange 6 7 Origin 6 28 P Palette 2 4 6 6 Par command 3 2 Parameter 2 22 3 2 3 3 3 6 3 22 3 23 3 32 3 33 4 4 5 4 8 1 8 3 8 8 8 10 8 22 9 4 Password 2 9 2 10 3 5 3 33 3 34 5 5 5 9 8 6 8 8 9 4 Pixel 2 3 6 5 Point Help 2 22 3 2 3 5 5 16 8 5 8 8 9 2 9 4 Points list
84. B H D E F G H I J 1 Tenant Billing Z Percentage of Cooling Stage Runtimes 3 TLO Time Total Runtime DX1 DX2 DX Dx4 Total 4 Sam s Shoes 01 59 0 01 478 00 466 00 298 00 10 00 1252 00 5 Better Travel Agency 00 00 0 00 6 Cantrell Cleaners 00 00 0 00 7 Totals 01 59 0 01 8 9 STATUS Status Ready 10 This button reports whether the server application is ready or busy 1 12 DDE Field1 00 00 13 EMSLINK DDE Field2 10 00 SETPOINT 14 This button collects the data from the server application This button allows you to 15 change the heating setpoint 16 in a particular zone 7 CLEAR_ALL 18 This button clears the data from the spreadsheet Automatic Arial MT 10 01 03 96 10 54 AM Ready Figure 5 18 DDE Example for Lotus 1 2 3 Macros for a Sample Lotus 1 2 3 DDE Template Name Function STATUS DDE OPEN EMS SYSTEM D9 QUIT DDE USE D9 DDE REQUEST D9 STATUS DDE CLOSE EMSLINK DDE OPEN EMS ALC D12 ERROR 1 QUIT DDE USE D12 DDE REQUEST D12 PIU23_1 S M409 ERROR 2 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY C4 D12 DDE REQUEST D12 PIU24_1 S M409 ERROR 2 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY C5 D12 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 51 DDE REQUEST D12 PIU26_1 S M409 KERROR 2 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY C6 D12 DDE CLOSE DDE OPEN EMS ALC D13KERROR 1 QUIT DDE USE D13 DDE REQUEST D13 RTU1_1 S N189 RTIM KERROR 3 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY F4 D13 DDE REQUEST D13 RTU1_1 S N192 RTIM KERROR 4 QUIT EDIT QUI
85. CK COPY G4 D13 DDE REQUEST D13 RTU1_1 S N195 RTIM KERROR 5 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY H4 D13 DDE REQUEST D13 RTU1_1 S N198 RTIM KERROR 5 QUIT EDIT QUICK COPY 14 D13 DDE CLOSE SETPOINT DDE OPEN EMS ALC KERROR 1 QUIT DDE EXECUTE EDIT VAV17_1 SETPT HOPO DDE CLOSE ERROR DEFINE ERR_CODE IF ERR_CODE 1 LET MESSAGE DDE link not active IF ERR_CODE 2 LET MESSAGE DDE information request failed IF ERR_CODE 3 LET MESSAGE DDE information request failed IF ERR_CODE 4 LET MESSAGE DDE information request failed IF ERR_CODE 5 LET MESSAGE DDE information request failed DDE CLOSE CLEAR_ALL LET D9 0 LET D12 0 LET D13 0 LET C4 0 EDIT QUICK COPY C4 C6 D12 EDIT QUICK COPY F4 14 D13 CALC QUIT 5 52 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Sample Excel DDE Template This spreadsheet collects equipment runtime data from SiteScan 2000 for Windows and places it into a table so that totals can be calculated The spreadsheet could be modified to trigger messages if the runtimes exceed a certain amount Microsoft Excel MAINT XLS Equipment Maintenance Runtime Values Status Ready Equipment DXI DxX2 DxX3 DXxX4 Total 480 468 299 1257 570 492 359 1444 EMSLINK 603 566 404 1602 Totals 1653 1526 1062 62 4303 CLEAR Runtime OUTDR LIGHTS 338 Hw PUMP S S 0 0 Figure 5 19 DDE Example for Excel v4 0 Macros for a Sample Excel v4 0 DDE
86. Code to register the software license The software license system requires the installation of the CKLDRV SYS NT driver to function properly Please follow the driver installation procedure supplied with this software before continuing This error occurs only on NT systems when attempting to run the software without installing this driver The supplied authorization code is not valid for the given site code and is most likely an authorization code for a different site This message occurs if an operator enters an Authorization Code that has already been used on the Registration pop up An Authorization Code can only be used once To register more than one copy of the software call the Registration desk to obtain a new Authorization Code There is already a valid preparation file at the specified location that cannot be overwritten The operator has attempted to use the Prepare License Transfer Disk option after the interim transfer location either diskette or network drive has been successfully prepared This is an informational message only click OK to continue and proceed with the transfer process There is not enough disk space to install a valid software license Please free some space or unprotect C and continue This message may occur when transferring a license if the C drive of the computer receiving the license is full or write protected Make sure that C is not write protected and has sufficient free disk space
87. EL Alert Server is included in Alert EL and it has no user interface Alert Server is launched automaticaly when Alert EL is running and configured as a receiving station Configuration Text A text file used to create the System database structure otherwise known as xxxcnfig txt Among other things it defines parent and child relationships between nodes After the configuration text is created it is compiled into several data files which are actually used by the workstation software Changes made while on line with a System are stored in these data files When you exit after making changes SiteScan 2000 for Windows allows you to update the text file with the changes stored in the data files Thus the compile and update processes are exact opposite processes which keep the System database current Control Module A microprocessor based hardware product designed for stand alone monitoring and or control Many types are available in a variety of input output configurations Positioned at the local point of control control modules are wired to form a local area network Control modules typically communicate with the Workstation computer through a gateway module DCLAN or SiteGate 232 DCLAN A gateway module for multiple control module networks CMnet which routes communications between the CMnet s and the Workstation s SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Glossary of Terms e 9 1 Dynamic Update A feature which allows information
88. Exec 4 modules although some microblocks can only be downloaded into modules having higher Exec versions Download File Builder ms FBLINK 2 5 0902 Automated Logic Corp This will do a memory fit for a generic Exec 4 x module Do you want to change this No Module Driver Name G2E Additional FB Name no more T63 How many 1 3 Additional FB Name no more H66 How many 1 Additional FB Name no more Y03 How many 1 Additional FB Name no more Analyzing FB list Looking for files in 2 which is I EMSYS A 168 Results will be in 17 which is C EMSYS M68 Checking FB files Unpacking Module Driver files from I EMSYS ALC M68 G2E FB Unpacking FB files from I EMSYS ALC M68 T 63 FB Unpacking FB files from I EMSYS ALC M68 HO6 FB Unpacking FB files from I EMSYS ALC M68 103 FB Linking with M68 files Computing links Writing results Process completed with no errors Program size is 13314 of 16383 81 Data size is 3526 of 8446 41 Figure 7 5 The FB Fit Utility When launched this utility opens a window and asks for specific information The default responses are displayed within brackets To accept the default press Enter To enter another response type it on the keyboard then press Enter When the process is complete the results are displayed on a pop up Analyzing the Results The results of the process are displayed on the Results pop up
89. Exec 5 x FBs can use only Alert microblocks These microblocks are placed in the Function Block when the FB is made in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications Alert microblocks provide more features than do old style alarms For more information about Alert microblocks refer to the Alert EL User s Guide NOTE Alert microblocks are supported only by Exec 4 0 modules or later which are downloaded with the corresponding V4 1 or later module driver Using Old style Alarms NOTE Modules containing Exec 5 x and higher do not support the Alarm and Message microblocks old style alarms Alarm microblocks old style alarms allow an FB to monitor up to eight different alarm conditions specific to that FB s operation Message microblocks function identically to Alarm microblocks except that they are primarily used to monitor up to eight different conditions of a non critical nature Gateway modules consider old style alarms and messages to be critical alarms and handle them the same as alarms from Alert microblocks marked as critical The following restrictions apply to using old style alarms and messages Alarm and message microblocks are limited to eight different alarms and eight different messages per FB Old style alarms and messages are time stamped with the time that the alarm is received by Alert EL not the time the alarm was generated SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms and Reports 4 3 4 4 e Alarms and Rep
90. Figure Menu using either mouse button The Hollow Circle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired line style from the area below the Figure Menu The selected line style will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having a line type other than a solid line Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center of the desired circle and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor away from the starting point to form a circle of the desired size Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press Esc to abort this function Hollow Ellipse 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Select the Hollow Circle figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Hollow Circle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired line style from the area below the Figure Menu The selected line style will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having a line type other than a solid line Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center o
91. For the Field Width type the required number of characters for the value to be displayed using any letters or numerals e Example Digital field width 3 characters OFF e Example Analog field width 5 characters 00 00 e Example Integer field width 3 characters 000 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 6 Forthe Text Expression type the variable input command This command is not case sensitive Example DC0304_1 T This will display the analog value of the prime variable of the Function Block whose ID name in the configuration text is DC0304_1 Example T This will display the analog value of the prime variable of the Function Block to which the graphic is associated in the configuration text 7 Press OK to draw the variable text or press Cancel to abort About Global Points Global points are used to send and receive data between modules They consist of the following microblocks LAN Analog Input LAN Digital Input LAN Analog Output LAN Digital Output If the global point has a Listen to address defined then you can use the following codes to access the current status for display on a graphic Table 6 5 IOCODEs for a Global Al IOCODE What it means FBID P xxxx CMFB The global Al is defined with an address FBID P xxxx OVR The point is locked YES NO FBID S xxxx VALD _ Zero Not receiving using fail value Non zero receiving FBID S xxxx DISP Analog value FBID S xxxx CODE Comm
92. In is the line number listed on the Connections Page gm is the gateway module number cm is the module number and fb is the Function Block number within that module When moving within the same line and gateway number the line number In and the gateway module number gm can be omitted leaving the commas see example If you are on line with one System and enter a command with an address from another System the Workstation will disconnect then connect to the new System and display the equipment graphics screen of the new FB If there is no equipment graphics screen associated with that FB the Status page will be displayed Table 3 1 Manual Commands which can Accept an Address Command Destination Area or FB frame Groups for the entire line number Live GFB Module Status Parameters page Point Help Schedules Setpoints Status page This command has several variations as noted below Example addr 1 1 3 4 displays the frame for the node having the indicated address Example par 3 4 displays the parameter page of the FB Example sta cm cp 1 displays the status page of the next FB with a greater address in the module if it exists The cp 1 must be typed as shown connections This command displays the Connections page where SiteScan 2000 for Windows stores connection information such as phone numbers time zones and baud rates The Connections page requires a password level of
93. NU TXT Browse File Open Dir DRY 11 Browse Library file e 15520001DRAW LIB Browse These settings modify the behavior of DRAW Save Exit Figure 5 16 Draw INI settings Menu File This setting locates the drawmenu txt file which defines menu bar definitions for the Draw for Windows screen File Open Dir This setting defines which directory Draw for Windows initially points to when opening or saving a file gfx files NOTE An absolute path or a drive setting may be specified for directory settings Example c ss2000 or DRV11 Library File This setting locates the draw lib file which defines internal symbols used by Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 35 The General Tab The General page displays the most frequently changed settings which may affect multiple Liebert Windows applications Any changes to this page are written to the General section of the alc ini file when the settings are saved INI Configuration Manager SiteScan Alert Eikon Draw General Miscellaneous Global Font Disable key checking on LPT1 0 These settings modify the general behavior of various programs _ Save Exit Help Figure 5 17 General INI settings Global Font This setting defines the font used for static text in brown dialog boxes The font name must be entered exactly as 1t appears on the Windows
94. Only TrueType Only Scalable Only Horizontal F11 Vertical Shft F11 Descending Ctrl F11 Ascending Alt F11 v Align Left Align Center Align Right Figure 6 17 The Text Menu This menu contains all of the commands which have to do with text font and direction Draw supports all fonts installed through Windows Control Panel The Choose Font option displays the standard Windows Font dialog box The fonts that are displayed in this dialog depend on whether the All Available Fixed Pitch Only TrueType Only or Scalable Only options are selected NOTE When attempting to use the Choose Font option for the first time with a file that was created with an earlier version of Draw for Windows a Compatibility Warning will appear This warning tells you that this feature is not available for this file unless you upgrade the file s compatibility If you select Yes to upgrade the compatibility of a graphic file the graphic can not be edited with versions of Draw prior to 2 5 and will not function properly with versions of SiteScan 2000 for Windows prior to 2 5 If you select No the Choose Font operation will be aborted and the file will not be upgraded In order to use an upgraded graphic file with versions of Draw or SiteScan 2000 for Windows below 2 5 you must save the file as a Compatibility 1 Graphic using the File Save AS option See the section Save AS on page 6 11 for more information about file compatibility SiteScan 2000 for
95. POPE Deer AR Aree Re Star RS 6 25 DESCIECE a lena wate OS 6 26 Lext Menu Commands s 3 4 5 hs bie Viet bil be Shoe as A a eA woe ths 6 27 Reorder Ment Commands sectes tee A Lie 6 29 NE RA Se Peat E A T E ae oe ae PRS EE OA or ae 6 29 SI A A itbietelh Sag soleyeee bet 6 29 AE Aa ec tet ce bot Ah ook Notas tos de CT ohh Be beth AL ls bee A td e 6 29 MAS A Rik ey Relat de E EN day te ceria A EA E ieee 6 29 Options Menu Commiands isc snd keeles ba dle eed sta hous Bb BAe ea eh eee eles 6 30 Fires og Sse Sd RN 6 30 Palette t 2 ara ht E Odo LA a e e al el 6 30 4 e Table of Contents SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Grd soit ON 6 30 Redraw sexe A A A ae dea Te eR no A de ii 6 31 Magnetism 0 AA A Dats tare ad BAA Cur eat leeds nani Cae BR Sa a BIO 6 31 Edit Options veia the inetd teil As 6 31 The Layer COMMON So ey ee ee eS 6 33 Help Menu Commands tii Sate Wee Ee ee Ee eae a eee te ene Paw eee 6 37 INGER ieee O TOR Gad bled ease Eee E Aa 6 37 About Draw for Windows 0 ccc ccc eeeee en ene e eee e eben een eee 6 37 How to draw objects 5 054 44s eg SAA a a eek CR bee kg ees SES eo eee eS 6 38 LANG sce plese soba e ales yeasty A ie ie ee Dew Wie ates Bowel tae eat 6 38 Hollow Square Rectangle 5 6 0 sce Ss bee pk led ee a eee ee Sales 6 38 Hollow Circles 3 3 22 A td Attia A A 6 39 Hollow Ellipse sanin sees a a ws eke os wt gale hig Secale aces pecs he A 6 39 ATGA rosen Bie Ses O Nake dil eS AN iors
96. PS Unit Up to 50 Control Modules CM v Control Modules CM Up to 12 Liebert IGMs Note DC12 uses four Control Module Addresses on the CMnet Figure 5 2 System Architecture Large System Function Blocks Overview The fundamental strategy for specific equipment operation resides in Function Blocks FBs which are software elements housed in a control module directly connected to a piece of equipment Each module may also utilize data from other modules for the optimization of its strategies and the proper sequencing of related equipment This distribution of information places fundamental authority at the most local point of control and maximizes the use of system wide information The performance reliability of this type of control network is very high due to two distinct characteristics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Modularity Each major piece of equipment usually has its own control module This eliminates the risk found in larger multiple point panels where panel failure disables many pieces of equipment Stand alone Capability Each module is capable of functioning without dependency on other modules on the network or on the Workstation This minimizes the impact of failure by any one module Advanced Topics 5 3 5 4 e Advanced Topics Function Blocks are created by Liebert Site Application engineers using a software application called Eikon Because Eikon provides graphical programming abiliti
97. SITE MONITORING USER S MANUAL lO Liebert SiteScan SS2000W for Windows Centralized Monitoring System Table of Contents What s New 1 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 6A 2 0 0 0 ccc ce een cnet nee e ee nnes 1 1 New Features wis aia et vies ee ce eee AS SAA OE NEE LI Eee Nae A 1 1 Introduction 2 1 OVERVIEW 3 2d T Ree RA AES AE ERE at Pie a NS a AR 2 1 Interfacing with SiteScan 2000 for Windows 0 0c nes 2 1 Workstation Soltware ta al AAA be MAE Sleek oe MR AE Cae ARA 2 2 Minimum Requirements 0 ence EE EE EE eee b eben E 2 3 Minimum Software Requirements o o o oooooooor eee een ens 2 3 Minimum Hardware Requirements oo 2 3 Windows Considerations tr BOLE a eb RARE SR eS ENE ae EEE ENE FERS whee 2 4 Install Procedure rirerire he eh eee Pe VA CE Pea ce ee ee ae BAe Ca dida 2 6 Running SiteScan 2000 for Windows 00 cece eee rere 2 10 Software License 3 3 8 aa eate Ais A bars 2 11 Registering the Software License 2 00 0 cee ete e nee nee 2 11 Transferring the Software License o oooooooooocoorrrr ee eee ene e eens 2 12 Program Identification a eit ee IO ed emis AE eae A AA 2 15 ON ETVIEW A A A ie O 2 15 The Use OF Color ral a RA e di RE to 2 17 Overview sita a ii id edd Sead we dee eee ae 2 17 What the Colors Meamn tan Ste vs BO A Ae ae ee RA eRe ck eee 2 17 Navigating the System prat A ae SE Ae Beate dg ee Vd ye a ee 2 18 Usinpthe MOUSSE behead M
98. Schedules on page 3 49 for more details To Modify a Schedule NOTE A schedule cannot be modified at a lower level than the level from which it was entered 1 Pick the desired schedule on the Schedule Page Select Modify in the upper right of the screen The Schedule pop up appears Make the desired changes in the appropriate field Select OK to accept the changes or press Cancel to abort To Delete a Schedule NOTE A schedule cannot be deleted at a lower level than the level from which it was entered 1 Pick the desired schedule on the Schedule Page Select Delete from the upper right of the screen 3 A pop up at the bottom of the screen will ask Delete this Schedule Select Yes or No as appropriate For an alternate method also refer to the schedulepurge manual command see the section Commands on page 3 1 This command should be used with extreme caution SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Downloading Schedules Downloading schedules communicates all scheduling information to the appropriate control modules for execution of the specific schedule details If you have changed anything on the Schedule Page and attempt to leave it a pop up appears and asks if you wish to download schedules If Yes is selected all the schedules on that page and all marked schedules are immediately downloaded to any affected modules If No is selected schedules are not downloaded at that time but the Workstation remem
99. SiteScan 2000 for Windows remains connected to the System SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 27 2 28 e Introduction when On Line Help is launched 2 To jump to the Help file s Table of Contents pick the Contents button 3 To view a different Help file choose File Open from the Help main menu and double click on the desired hlp filename 4 To close the On Line Help program and return to SiteScan 2000 for Windows choose File Exit from the Help main menu Jumping through Help Words with a solid underline are jumps that display the Help topic they name To use a jump to move to another topic do one of the following e Pick the underlined topic OR e Press the Tab key until the underlined topic is highlighted and then press Enter Using the Help Commands and Buttons At the top of the Help window are menus of commands and buttons Here is a summary of the commands and buttons used most often Table 2 2 Help Commands and Buttons Help Command or Button What it does Open command File menu Lets you open any Windows Help file in the Help window Print Topic command File menu Prints the displayed Help topic for easy reference Copy command Edit menu Copies the displayed Help topic to the Clipboard so you can paste it into another Windows application Annotate command Edit menu Lets you add your own notes to the displayed Help topic Define command Bo
100. Software License When SiteScan 2000 for Windows is installed a software license and a license administration program are installed onto your computer In rare cases it may become necessary to transfer your license to a different computer The SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration program allows you to register the software license and to transfer the license to a different computer Registering the Software License Shortly after installation SiteScan 2000 for Windows will ask you to register your copy of the program Registering your software allows us to learn more about our customers and to keep you informed of future enhancements and changes to SiteScan 2000 for Windows It requires only a telephone call to the Registration Desk to verify your software s serial number and site code The caller will be given an Authorization Code that permanently validates the license You may also use the License Administration Utility to register the license This utility provides the same information as the registration pop up and can be used to register the software license and to transfer the license see the section Transferring the Software License on page 2 12 NOTE Do not use the License Administration Utility to register your license while SiteScan 2000 for Windows is running Doing so may corrupt the software license Exit SiteScan 2000 for Windows and then launch the License Administration utility In very rare cases your soft
101. TU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 RTU 1 MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP MIXED AIR TEMP FB Name Channel Name Date Time Value 10 2 95 15 33 00 75 44 10 2 95 15 38 00 75 75 10 2 95 15 43 00 75 94 10 2 95 15 48 00 75 44 10 2 95 15 53 00 75 94 10 2 95 15 58 00 75 44 10 2 95 16 03 00 76 06 10 2 95 16 08 00 75 94 10 2 95 16 13 00 76 06 10 2 95 16 18 00 76 38 10 2 95 16 23 00 76 25 10 2 95 16 28 00 76 06 10 2 95 16 33 00 75 75 10 2 95 16 38 00 75 44 10 2 95 16 43 00 75 62 10 2 95 16 48 00 75 44 Figure 3 26 Sample output from Text Save Database SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Trend Historian Trend Historian cannot store New trend data until it receives a Trend Report from Alert Server For more information see the section Trend Report on page 4 7 New trends are supported only by Exec 4 0 modules or later which are downloaded with the corresponding V3 0 or later module driver Alert Server is able to store trends in Trend Historian only if the historan dll file exists in the same directory as Alert Server or in
102. Temp Alarm Setpoint 71 Deg Low Temp Alarm Setpoint 68 Deg High Humidity Alarm Setpoint 60 7 RH Low Humidity Alarm Setpoint 40 Z RH WSK Setpoint 3 Auto Restart Setpoint 0 1 Auto Flush Time Cycle Setpoint 11 Chill Water Flush Cycle Setpoint Service Inhibit YES Reset recorders DSR OTR at 971 minutes past midnight BUS e Ee I Figure 5 3 Typical Parameter Page The Alt Pick Feature Every parameter within an FB has a unique code which is displayed on a pop up when a non digital parameter is picked on the parameter page or when any parameter or status value is picked while holding the Alt key The code for the last parameter or status value that was picked while the Alt key was pressed is automatically displayed on the Global Modify page The Header Section Every Function Block contains a section at the top called the Header which contains basic information The Parameter page Header contains the following information Function Block Type This is the FB s three character filename which is entered in the configuration text Name This is the name entered for the tab label in the configuration text Up to 20 characters may be used including spaces and special characters to display the name most commonly understood by the owner in referring to the space or equipment SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide ID This is an identification of up to eight characters the first of which must be an alphabetic
103. Template Name Function LINK1 INITIATE EMS SYSTEM SET NAME STATUS REQUEST LINK1 STATUS FORMULA STATUS MAINT XLS H 3 TERMINATE LINK1 RETURN LINK2 INITIATE EMS ALC SET NAME RTU1_DX1 REQUEST LINK2 RTU1_1 S N189 RTIM FORMULA RTU1_DX1 MAINT XLS B 5 SET NAME RTU1_DX2 REQUEST LINK2 RTU1_1 S N192 RTIM FORMULA RTU1_DX2 MAINT XLS C 5 SET NAME RTU1_DX3 REQUEST LINK2 RTU1_1 S N195 RTIM FORMULA RTU1_DX3 MAINT XLS D 5 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 53 SET NAME RTU1_DX4 REQUEST LINK2 RTU1_1 S N198 RTIM FORMULA RTU1_DX4 MAINT XLS SE 5 SET NAME RTU2_DX1 REQUEST LINK2 RTU2_1 S N189 RTIM FORMULA RTU2_DX1 MAINT XLS B 6 SET NAME RTU2_DX2 REQUEST LINK2 RTU2_1 S N192 RTIM FORMULA RTU2_DX2 MAINT XLS C 6 SET NAME RTU2_DX3 REQUEST LINK2 RTU2_1 S N195 RTIM FORMULA RTU2_DX3 MAINT XLS D 6 SET NAME RTU2_DX4 REQUEST LINK2 RTU2_1 S N198 RTIM FORMULA RTU2_DX4 MAINT XLS SE 6 SET NAME RTU3_DX1 REQUEST LINK2 RTU3_1 S N189 RTIM FORMULA RTU3_DX1 MAINT XLS B 7 SET NAME RTU3_DX2 REQUEST LINK2 RTU3_1 S N192 RTIM FORMULA RTU3_DX2 MAINT XLS C 7 SET NAME RTU3_DX3 REQUEST LINK2 RTU3_1 S N195 RTIM FORMULA RTU3_DX3 MAINT XLS D 7 SET NAME RTU3_DX4 REQUEST LINK2 RTU3_1 S N198 RTIM FORMULA RTU3_DX4 MAINT XLS E 7 SET NAME OUTLITES REQUEST LINK2 LTG_1 S MO80 RTIM FORMULA OUTLITES MAINT XLS B 11
104. Today 3000 kWH 704 kW 01 09 6 Apr 93 onth to 100 MWH 815 kw 03 33 2 Apr 93 date Year to 1200 MWH 944 kw 02 57 16 Feb 93 date Figure 4 1 A sample Status Report 4 6 e Alarms and Reports SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Trend Report The Trend Report is a feature which automatically generates a New Trend Report 288 samples per trend or a Standard Trend Report 60 samples per FB depending on on a setting in the module driver The Trend Report is stored in the module s memory and can be activated using an Alert microblock To activate the Trend Report using an Alert microblock the microblock must have an Alarm ID of TREND and the alarm must be enabled To enable the alarm toggle the Enable parameter on the FB s Parameter page If these conditions are met then the FB will generate a Trend Report whenever the alarm is tripped An Alert alarm with an Alarm ID of TREND is always treated by the gateway module as a critical alarm When the FB is constructed in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications the Alert microblock can be tripped as often as desired For an example of the logic required to trip the alarm see Figure 4 3 Depending on a setting on the module driver Parameter page the Trend Reports may contain data either 1 for all the Standard trends in the module or 2 for all New trends in the module refer to the appropriate procedure below for details Each FB in the module sends the s
105. Trend Historian Alert Server is included in Alert EL and it has no user interface Alert Server is launched automatically when Alert EL is running and configured as a receiving station Since Alert Server must be running in order to receive alarms you may want to place Alert EL in the Windows Startup Group for automatic loading Refer to the Alert EL User s Guide for more information For more comprehensive alarm management we recommend that you purchase and install the full featured Alert software CAUTION Do not close Alert EL unless you do not want to receive alarms Alert Server can only monitor the port connections when it is running When a gateway module contacts or is contacted by the Workstation Alert Server determines whether the gateway module has anything to report to that particular computer If so Alert Server accepts the data and clears the gateway module NOTE One gateway module should not be set up to call two different receiving stations because if this occurs the alarm information will be duplicated in the Alert database SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms and Reports 4 1 4 2 e Alarms and Reports The Systems which Alert Server monitors is defined by the List and File settings in the INI Configuration Manager see the section The Alert Tab on page 5 31 for more information Alert Server will not accept alarms from systems which are not defined by this setting Also the Check When Connected set
106. Trend Historian deletes the oldest data first There are several ways to minimize the disk space required to store trend data An easy way is to ensure that Alert EL does not also store trend data for more information refer to the Alert EL User s Guide in the Alarms section of the Configuring the Database chapter Another way is to keep each trend duration as short as possible Finally use the optimize option to compress the database frequently We strongly recommend backing up the Trend Historian database regularly using the Backup amp Restore utility See the section Backup amp Restore on page 7 7 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide INI Configuration Manager Overview The INI Configuration Manager is a separate Windows application designed to simplify the process of making configuration changes to Liebert Windows applications It is a user friendly interface to the most commonly changed settings in the alc ini file The tabs at the top of the screen represent the applications which the INI Configuration Manager may configure When a tab is picked the configuration settings for that application are displayed Note that the INI Configuration Manager reads the contents of the alc ini file only when it is launched Settings are arranged on the page in similar groups Settings which have only two states enabled or disabled are represented by a box These settings are enabled when the box is pushed in
107. Trend Historian to display the time for the latest sample in a 12 hour format 1 e hour is in AM or PM The 24 Hour Format button Pressing this button causes Trend Historian to display the time for the latest sample in a 24 hour format i e military time The Optimize button Pressing this button organizes the database by rewriting its internal indexes and then deleting the original The larger the database the longer the time required If not enough disk space exists an error appears Use the AltOptPath entry in the TrendHistorian section of the alc ini file to define an alternate location for storing temporary data while optimizing NOTE Trend information cannot be stored or retrieved while the optimize operation is in progress The Clear button Pressing this button causes Trend Historian to reinitialize the database by removing ALL TREND DATA in the current database The Set Path button Pressing this button allows you to make Trend Historian store data in a new or different database Each database has its own directory If the database does not exist Trend Historian prompts you to create it The Default Duration field This field allows you to define the duration assigned to trends received by Trend Historian for the first time Storing Trend Data When storing trend data in the database Trend Historian requires that at least Imegabyte of free disk space exists When enforcing this limit
108. UAL HOL from 12 Glam 25 Dec 96 until 11 59pm 25 Dec 96 continuous BE el bhom m Figure 3 14 The Schedule Page Overview Efficient scheduling of space is one of the most effective means of conserving energy in any facility SiteScan 2000 for Windows has a powerful scheduling capability The key to this effectiveness is based on the occupancy schedule of the space Three types of schedules are available Normal schedules Schedules which accommodate normal occupancy of space Think of these as defining times when the spaces will normally be occupied Holiday schedules Schedules which have higher priority than normal schedules Think of these as defining times when the normal occupancy schedule will be negated due to not being occupied Override schedules Schedules which have the highest priority Think of these as defining times when holiday schedules are being overridden and the zone is occupied again SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide You can enter schedules for up to three years in advance At any time you can request a graphic display of the schedules in effect for the current day and the next four days Schedules are self deleting when they become obsolete due to passing their effective dates and do not require file maintenance In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the Schedules Page may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it You will be notified by a Schedules Lockout Advis
109. Windows version 2 0c or below only a limited number of colors are available for variable color and different index numbers must be used to specify these variable colors Figure 6 24 displays the index numbers for those colors that may be used as variable color for previous versions of SiteScan 2000 for Windows 5 fas fab 2 c y S S 3 5 E E g a E 2 5 v g Gia Gor 1 A D a Go x T 3 o oc g oo SB so SFSESEEFRBSFSERS gg BESS EBSRLSES SB t gt OO mm AOS O AAA sa i 2S GG O A 65 70175 80 85 eo 95 100 105 110 115 120 Var 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 es 71 176 81 86 or 96 101 106 111 116 121 126 131 136 141 146 151 156 161 166 171 176 181 186 67 72 77 ee s7 97 102 107 112 117 122 192 127 132 137 142 1147 152 157 162 167 172 177 192 187 es 73 78 ee og 98 108 108 113118 J123 191 128 133 138 143 148 153 158 163 168 173 178 183 188 above Figure 6 24 Variable Color Index Numbers for use with SiteScan 2000 for Windows 2 0c and below NOTE Draw for DOS includes three shades of pink that are not available in Draw for Windows although both Draw for Windows and SiteScan 2000 for Windows can display graphics containing these colors The variable color index numbers for these colors are as follows Bright Pink 27 Medium Pink
110. Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 59 3 60 e Activities To ensure that comparisons between graphs are accurate the Trend Graph forces all the graphs to share the same time span X axis Whenever a graph s X axis changes because of a zoom or because you changed it using the Timespan feature all the graphs automatically rescale their X axis to match Changing the Timespan and pressing the Reset button forces the currently uploaded data to fit in the X axis scale specified on the Timespan pop up Changing the Timespan and pressing the Again button causes the Trend Graph to upload the necessary data from the module s Trend Historian or both When the Trend Graph is initially displayed the time span X axis for every graph is scaled to fit 288 samples for the trend having the shortest trend interval of those selected For this reason trends having longer trend intervals may not have all 288 samples displayed on the graph even though they were uploaded from the module In fact some trends may not show up at all if they are displayed on the same graph as trends having much shorter intervals When displaying a trend the Trend Graph can only display samples which were stored at the same trend interval Use the Timespan feature to view a period of time where the data samples were stored at a different trend interval Small arrows on the left or right sides indicate when trend data has been uploaded but is not being displayed The arrows
111. _ Inc 15 00 Avg N Second Trend Y Code 27 Label BATTERY AMPS Org 2025 Inc 135 0 ivs2 N Reset high and low recorders at 1439 minutes past midnight Loss Of Communications Alarm Delay 64 30 mm ss gt BATTERY CURRENT AI gt exp 1 chan 1C lock N 0 60 offs 6 60 gain 13 00 trend Y secs N interval 28 min report N display range 120 DC BUS VOLTAGE lt AI gt exp 1 chan 1A lock N 06 060 offs G GG gain 12 00 trend Y secs N interval 20 min report N display range 120 BYP VOLTS A B CAI exp 1 chan 02 lock N 0 60 offs 6 006 gain 12 00 trend i i o i 120 BYE VOLTS B C CAI exp 1 chan G4 lock N 0 00 offs 2 08 gain 15 00 rend BYP VOLTS C A CAI exp 1 chan 6 lock N 06 60 offs 06 008 gain 12 06 rend Y secs N interval 20 min report N display range 120 AMPS PHASE A CAID exp 14 lock 00 offs 1 chan N 0 00 gain 12 00 AMES PHASE B CAI exp 1 chan 16 lock N 06 00 offs 0 60 gain 12 00 AMES PHASE C CAI exp 1 chan 18 lock N 0 00 offs 0 00 gain 12 00 7 ERPRGITY A cAI exp 1 chan 2A lock N 06 60 offs 6 00 gain 12 00 va CAPACITY B CAI exp 1 chan 2C lock N 0 00 offs 0 00 gain 12 00 vA CAPACITY c CAID exp 1 chan 2E lock N 0 60 offs 6 60 gain 12 60 FREQUENCY CAI exp 1 chan 28 lock N 0 00 offs 0 00 gain 12 00 grendi 4 CAI exp 1 chan 1E lock N 0 08 offs 6 04 aain 12 50 Figure 3 27 Sample Parameter page showing New trends enabled inverted for display reasons Memory Allocation for New Trends Module memory is consumed by virtual m
112. a Function Block graphically with the output of each microblock displayed with live data from the module Parameters can be edited on this screen and the changes downloaded to the module Modstat A screen in SiteScan 2000 for Windows which displays all the information relevant to a control module Among other things the Modstat page displays the following e Input Output point information e Resident Function Blocks e Error conditions which may exist in the module e Date and time downloaded into the module e Exec version Module Driver A Function Block residing in every module which interfaces between the other Function Blocks and the module hardware A module driver FB is always addressed as FB 15 Use the FB Help feature for help on module drivers Node Any location in a System The 3 types of nodes are Function Blocks non FB graphic frames floorplans maps logos building equipment summaries etc and Groups A node can be identified in the xxxcenfig txt file by those lines which contain an equal sign Offset A parameter which a Function Block adds to an analog I O value in order to shift its range to match a standard range e g 4 20 mA 3 15 psi 0 10 V Offset is used together with the Gain parameter for point calibration The Point Help feature can be used to easily calculate and calibrate this parameter SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Glossary of Terms 9 3 Parameter A value associated with a micr
113. a file by picking Output For a print of the entire screen pick the Print button and the Graphics option e To print a trend s data in a table format directly from the module select Utilities Print Trends or pick the Print button and the Trends option SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Using New Trends NOTE This procedure can be performed only on an Exec 4 0 or later module which is downloaded with the corresponding V3 0 or later module driver 1 Select Utilities Manual from the main menu or select the Ke Manual Command button or press the Esc key Display the module driver Parameter page FB 15 by entering the following command pa module no 15 2 Set the parameter This module should display old style FB trends to No This causes every FB in the module to display New trends on the Trend Graph rather than Standard trends 3 Display the Parameter page of the FB for which you want to enable New trends 4 Set All Options to Yes 5 All the parameters associated with New trends are displayed beneath each I O point and trended value Use these parameters to enable or disable the trend set the trend interval and display range and enable or disable the trend for Trend Reports required by Trend Historian NOTE Changing the interval causes the module to discard all previous trend data although Trend Historian may still have the data stored in its database The trend parameter enables the trend
114. a we Saree SoBe 2 18 Moving Around pd Ai wn ie he die 2 18 LADA LES eet te eee eR ES forte II AN E E E Sas 2 22 Graphic Frame Display Order ooooocooooooo eect een eee 2 23 Video Resolution 2 cs oe 5a ARG Ee hae he be BOE Sah a bb Bes Ree Meta bias MUONS SIE ane 2 24 WHITES cripta its A Rak dig Oa ra ds erate oR eine de 2 25 Using the Workstation wy ace ceases SEO eRe ee eae LRGs Peas tl eels de RA at ace eee es 2 25 PreCautions ad A Eat b aii 2 25 How touse HeD tes cscs pie Babs e A E Bae A E 2 26 OVERVIEW e id be ae 2 26 SiteScan 2000 for Windows Help 0 0 cece ence ees 2 26 PB Help eaea ease Capac wae wren eg bale vache ds hse E 2 27 Jumping through Help necesi aa eh Nee SoMa ERR Dhow SSS APR RG she ne Ree Eee oe 2 28 Using the Help Commands and Buttons 0 0 0 ee eee eee 2 28 Button dentiicaton SA A RA BA A ee RA a ae Pe och Bee S 2 30 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table of Contents 1 Activities 3 1 Commands a 4 Beets wae ey A Wale is bene ee ee Gi ia Gru thy 3 1 Manual Commands wiii os at da A a a A a hd A oe Bl aes 3 1 Connections Page A A A A dest ed eats 3 9 OVELVICW aia ie has dd AS A A A AE tA 3 9 Einem Der ii aeae A ees WERE Ee A dep 3 10 SiteName eA A A E DAA AAA SERA 3 12 A Ain reek dA pd Bb Rei ded eer nee dep elected Seb Glendale dt 3 12 Connection Information ea is Re DUS RRS WAG A WAG Shas hag ele O 3 12 The Edit Connections Pop up o 3 13 Connection Configurat
115. addresses of modules or banks of module memory which are used to expand the number of Function Blocks in a physical module These addresses do not have to be contiguous but they must be unique for each System SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Status Page The Status page is where Function Block displays the current status as it exists in the module of the various blocks of program code called microblocks which make up the Function Block The Status page may be accessed with any level password but it may not be changed by any level password All parameters which are changeable on the Parameter page show up on the Status page in yellow Function Block Type L10 Name CM MODULE FB 2 LiG Line 1 LG 1 CM 2 FB 2 Flags ID DCO10202 Tele NBL All Options Type 3 Ver 12 Active Alarms Active Messages XXX X Status Code 10 Current Demand Level Time 988 minutes since midnight Temperature Readings Deg F YES No Deg C gt Temperature Currently 74 Deg Today s High 74 Deg E G4iiipm Thu 15 Dec 94 04 1ipm Thu 15 Dec 94 Yesterday s High 76 Deg 04 20pm Wed 14 Dec 94 G4ilipm Wed 14 Dec 294 gt Today s Low 74 Deg 04 11pm Thu 15 Dec 94 04 1ipm Thu 15 Dec 94 gt Yesterday s Low 68 Deg E G3 i am Thu 15 Dec 94 G4 lipm Wed 14 Dec 94 gt Unit Temperature Setpoint 73 Deg Unit Temperature Tolerance 1 Dea Unit High Temp Alarm Setpoint 76 Unit Low Temp Alarm Setpoint 68 Deg Humidity Cur
116. al language The default is blank which causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to use the English messages and menus from its exe application files Contact Liebert Site Applications for information about local language dIl files SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 27 5 28 Advanced Topics Modem Reset This setting defines the modem reset string This string represents a Hayes modem command which the Workstation sends to the modem in Modem Connect mode only whenever a dial out or hang up occurs The default is shown below Default Entry ATHQOV LEOSO 1M1S7 40 Printing Section Error Wait This setting defines whether errors generated by SiteScan 2000 for Windows are directed to the screen or to the LPT port defined by the Send Errors to setting When Error Wait is enabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows directs errors to the screen and pauses the system until the errors are acknowledged When Error Wait is disabled any errors received are printed while the system moves on This feature is very useful for unattended memory or schedule downloads CAUTION If Error Wait is disabled don t forget to re enable it when an unattended download is completed Also if the printer fails for some reason out of paper jammed turned off etc the computer may appear to be locked up when it is really waiting for a response from the printer Preprint Formfeed When this setting is enabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows sends a fo
117. al module can have a CMnet address Using virtual modules reduces the memory available for storing trends Virtual modules are used only in Exec 4 x modules Workstation A computer which acts as the main communication interface between human operators and the hardware 9 4 e Glossary of Terms SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 10Index A Address 3 2 3 10 3 38 3 57 4 6 4 8 5 8 5 21 8 3 8 24 Advancedcolors 3 55 Again 3 61 3 63 3 67 3 68 3 73 Alarm 4 4 Alc ini 2 15 3 4 3 55 5 19 5 22 5 24 5 29 5 34 8 4 8 6 8 11 Alert 3 18 3 20 4 2 4 3 7 8 7 10 9 1 Alert EL 4 1 4 2 9 1 Alert Server 3 20 3 67 4 1 5 19 9 1 All options 3 37 3 39 3 40 3 69 3 72 4 6 Authorization Code 2 12 8 12 8 14 8 16 8 21 Autoexec bat 2 10 Average 3 73 Background 3 5 Backup 2 16 2 26 5 22 Batch mode 3 55 Baud rate 3 9 3 11 3 13 3 20 Bitmap 2 23 5 43 5 44 Blue 5 5 6 6 6 8 C Channel numbers 3 38 3 39 3 68 5 21 Checksum 8 2 Client 2 6 5 48 5 50 CMnet 2 1 3 12 8 2 8 7 8 9 Color 2 4 2 17 3 32 3 41 3 53 3 55 3 59 3 65 3 70 5 4 6 6 6 8 Compile 2 7 3 33 5 46 7 1 8 4 8 7 8 8 9 1 Configuration text 2 7 2 18 2 22 3 3 3 6 3 22 3 33 3 49 5 4 5 46 7 1 7 2 7 4 7 5 8 1 8 4 9 1 Confirm 3 23 Connection Configuration 3 9 3 13 3 17 3 19 4 2 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Connection type 3 10 8 3 Connections Page 2 22 3 2
118. alog input Field Width 00 00 Text Expression FBID S xxxx VAL The field width is entered as 00 00 since an analog input normally needs five characters to display its status correctly This string means that a numerical value will replace the Field Width string at runtime and it is expected to be no more than five characters wide The Text Expression references the status value of the analog point Example 2 In this example we want to display the current status of a digital output Field Width OFF Text Expression FBID S xxxx ONOF The field width is entered as OFF since a digital output needs at most three characters to display its status correctly This string means that a digital value ON OFF will replace the Field Width string at runtime The Text Expression references the status value of the digital point 6 50 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Conditional Expressions In the examples below indicates a conditional expression Other codes are explained previously or are explained within these examples Example 1 In this example we want to display the string Alarm when a digital input turns on and display Normal when the input turns off Field Width ALMNOR Text Expression FBID S xxxx ONOF Alarm Normal The string ALMNOR provides enough space to position other controls nearby in the drawing without overlapping them at runtime The Text Expression is of the form lt exp
119. ame type of report NOTE Alert Server sends New trend data to Alert EL and to Trend Historian each of which may store the data in its own database Storing the same trend data through Alert EL and through Trend Historian can cause disk space to be consumed very rapidly Refer to the Alert EL User s Guide for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms and Reports 4 7 50 50 25 50 50 50 25 75 75 25 Fifth Floor Interval 77 77 he 84 76 77 77 229 50 17 50 75 229 76 50 23 TO 00 25 75 Ld 77 77 dds 77 78 76 76 77 77 TRENDS 6 Apr 95 6 50pm Alarm ID TREND Metro Corp Center Trend Report is as follows ZONE TEMP Channel 31 4 52pm 6 Apr 93 77 50 77 5 04pm 6 Apr 93 77 50 77 5 16pm 6 Apr 93 77 00 77 5 28pm 6 Apr 93 77 50 77 5 40pm 6 Apr 93 76 50 76 5 52pm 6 Apr 93 76 25 76 6 04pm 6 Apr 93 75 75 76 6 16pm 6 Apr 93 76 75 76 6 28pm 6 Apr 93 76 75 76 6 40pm 6 Apr 93 77 00 77 10 Non averaged 00 50 50 75 79 29 50 75 lt 25 29 77 77 76 77 77 250 ako 77 50 50 ESA 76 76 76 75 00 75 T3 29 225 77 77 77 76 75 1a 76 77 00 529 77 77 Line Address Conference Room 50 00 200 2 9 50 219 75 00 Len ys Da When Trend Reports are generated Figure 4 2 A sample Trend Report How often an FB sends a Trend Report t
120. an 400 colors per frame Selecting Serial Mode means that SiteScan 2000 for Windows will draw the frame first then as the information is received from the various units they are painted in the appropriate color one at a time This mode is most efficient when there are less than 10 or more than 400 colors per frame When Batch Mode is enabled with a large multi zone network there is a period of time while the information is gathered from the modules that nothing appears to be happening When Serial Mode is enabled the frame is drawn almost immediately then the zones are sequentially filled in with colors as the information comes in While Serial Mode actually takes a few seconds longer it is often preferred to waiting for some time in front of what appears to be a dead screen Dynamic Update The Refresh Colors feature allows the variable data that is displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows including the colors in floor plans to be dynamically updated This allows you for example to witness alarm conditions as they occur This feature is not active for parameter or status screens Pressing and releasing both Shift keys cancels the dynamic update for a particular frame until the frame is picked again The rate of updating can be entered as a value between zero to 255 seconds A rate of zero disables this feature and means that the latest data may only be obtained by picking the frame s tab manually Rates less than 60 seconds are not re
121. and code received SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows e 6 57 Table 6 6 IOCODEs for a Global DI IOCODE What it means FBID P xxxx CMFB The global DI is defined with an address FBID P xxxx OVR The point is locked YES NO FBID S xxxx VALD _ Zero Not receiving using fail value Non zero receiving FBID S xxxx DISP Zero point is OFF Non zero point is ON FBID S xxxx CODE Command code received Table 6 7 IOCODEs for a Global AO IOCODE What it means FBID P xxxx CMEFB The global AO is defined with an address FBID P xxxx OVR The point is locked YES NO FBID S xxxx DISP Analog value FBID S xxxx CODE Command code transmitted Table 6 8 IOCODEs for a Global DO IOCODE What it means FBID P xxxx CMEFB The global DO is defined with an address FBID P xxxx OVR The point is locked YES NO FBID S xxxx DISP Zero point is OFF Non zero point is ON FBID S xxxx CODE Command code transmitted 6 58 e Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Examples The MBcode in the following examples is M001 FBIDSP M001 CMFB FBID S M001 DISP ON OFF Not used The above statement reads like this e Ifthe LAN DI is being used and it s ON display ON If the LAN DI is being used and it s NOT ON display OFF e Ifthe LAN DI is NOT being used
122. and the Record button is picked The file name can be preceded by a number corresponding to a drive mapping For example the entry 4 lielog txt would store the file in the same directory DRV4 used to store the System database structure xxxenfig dat For more information see the section Drive Setup Section on page 5 29 CAUTION Tf the Recorder file is not regularly erased from the hard disk 1t will continue to grow until the hard disk is full This file is a read only file To remove the read only attribute use the Windows File Manager Properties command Then the file can be deleted Time Format This section allows you to select between 2400 hour military time and standard am pm time notation Selecting Military enables the 2400 hour format This parameter affects most places in SiteScan 2000 for Windows where time is displayed such as on the buttons and in Schedules SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Thermographic Colors This section allows you to change the sequence in which the monitor screens are painted when a building is contacted by SiteScan 2000 for Windows NOTE These settings are ignored if the advancedcolors option is enabled in the alc ini file See the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 for more information Selecting Batch Mode means that all the information is gathered before SiteScan 2000 for Windows begins to paint the screen This mode is most efficient when there are more than 10 and less th
123. ariable color index numbers listed in this table do not apply Figure 6 24 in the section Variable Color on page 6 44 lists the index numbers for colors that are available as variable color in SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 0c and below Table 6 3 Palette of Colors in Draw V2 5 or higher Color Index R G B Color Index R G B Very Light Red 65 255 000 000 Very Light Peach 125 252 128 112 Light Red 66 208 000 000 Light Peach 126 208 104 092 Medium Red 67 168 000 000 Medium Peach 127 168 084 072 Dark Red 68 124 000 000 Dark Peach 128 124 060 052 Very Dark Red 69 080 000 000 Very Dark Peach 129 080 040 036 Very Light Yellow 70 255 255 000 Very Light Brick 130 252 128 084 Light Yellow 71 208 208 000 Light Brick 131 208 104 068 Medium Yellow 7 168 168 000 Medium Brick 132 168 084 056 Dark Yellow 73 124 124 000 Dark Brick 133 124 060 040 Very Dark Yellow 74 080 080 000 Very Dark Brick 134 080 040 024 Very Light Green 75 000 255 000 Very Light Flesh 135 252 172 164 Light Green 76 000 208 000 Light Flesh 136 208 144 136 Medium Green 77 000 168 000 Medium Flesh 137 168 112 108 Dark Green 78 000 124 000 Dark Flesh 138 124 084 080 Very Dark Green 79 000 080 000 Very Dark Flesh 139 080 056 052 Very Light Cyan 80 000 255 255 Very Light Mustard 140 252 172
124. at is currently visible e PgDn Moves the display up The amount depends on what 1s currently visible e Arrows Moves the display left right up or down one grid 8 pixels You can also use the Go to command from the Edit menu to view different parts of a graphic image The hot key associated with this function is Ctrl G SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 3 Keyboard Reference Function Keys The following table lists the menu commands that can be executed in Draw using function keys and function key combinations For additional information about a particular command refer to the appropriate menu command section Table 6 1 Function Keys F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 key only Edit Draw Edit Move Edit Copy Edit Edit Variables Edit Delete Object Alt key File Exit Edit Edit Attributes Ctrl key Edit Edit Shape Shift key F7 F8 F9 F10 Edit Edit Selected F11 Edit Delete Selected F12 key only Edit Undo Edit Scale Edit Select Object Edit Deselect Object Text Horizontal Reorder Later Alt key Text Ascending Reorder First Ctrl key Text Descending Reorder Last Shift key 6 4 e Draw for Windows Scale Selected Select Select All Select Deselect All Text Vertical Reorder Sooner SiteScan 2000 for Windows User
125. ated in another directory as a permanent copy This arrangement is useful for computers having a RAM drive A RAM drive is where a part of memory is set aside and designated with a different drive letter If a RAM drive is not used set the working copy drive settings to NULL CAUTION If you are using a RAM drive do not delete the line in the config sys file which establishes the drive Doing so would prevent SiteScan 2000 for Windows from running 5 30 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table 5 2 Default Drive Mappings Drive Mapping Purpose DRV1 c ss2000 temp Used by EIKON for temporary files DRV2 c ss2000 xxx m68 custom m68 sysv dat obj sysalarm txt DRV3 c ss2000 xxx xxxenfig txt DRV4 c ss2000 xxx xxxcnfig dat permanent copy DRV5 NULL xxxcnfig dat working copy if NULL uses DRV4 DRV6 c ss2000 xxx xxxparam dat permanent copy DRV7 NULL xxxparam dat working copy if NULL uses DRV6 DRV8 c ss2000 xxx xxxsched dat permanent copy DRV9 NULL xxxsched dat working copy if NULL uses DRV8 DRV10 c ss2000 xxx xxxpassw dat DRV11 c ss2000 xxx bin floor plans equipment drawings maps etc DRV12 c ss2000 pic standard drawings i e setpoint graph schedule graph trend graph zzz bin scr DRV13 c ss2000 temp reserved for future use DRV14 c ss2000 m68 master m68 sysv dat obj lib sysa
126. aw for Windows 6 14 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide IMPORT File Name File Name Directories bldg41 bin c ss2000 dem aahu bin ahu bin gt ss2000 ahu_1 bin Es d ahu_2 bin pa ahu_4 bin atlanta bin bldg41 bin bldg411 bin List Files of Type Old GFXs BIN E c 504_conner E Figure 6 6 File Import Print This command prints the drawing displayed on the screen to the selected printer see section Print Setup on page 6 16 to a bitmap file file extension bmp or to a Windows Metafile file extension wmf Bitmap files and Metafiles can be easily imported into many other Windows applications Always save your drawing before using Print Draw for Windows uses the entire page when printing and centers the image horizontally For tractor feed printers Draw for Windows prints across page boundaries without leaving a gap In addition the Figures Menu is temporarily turned off during printing DRAW Print Destination To Metafile C SS2000 DEM FLOOR_5 WMF To Bitmap C SS2000 DEM FLOOR_5 BMP To Printer HP LaserJet 4 4M on LPT1 Number of copies a Figure 6 7 File Print SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 15 Print Setup This command allows you to select a printer from the list of installed printers which are installed in the Windows Control Panel It also allows you to access the Setup page for the selected print
127. axis intersection Increment is the value of each of the 30 Y axis divisions The 1vs2 parameter allows two analog points to be trended against each other with Trend 1 plotted on the X axis and Trend 2 plotted on the Y axis Digital points may not be plotted in 1vs2 mode The trend name identifies the trend on the graph The trend name and the Y axis scale are displayed in the same color as the trend To View a Standard trend graph 1 At the FB level select View Edit Trends from the main menu or select the Trends button The Standard trend graph will appear displaying the Standard trends which have been configured for the FB see the section Using Standard Trends 2 The Standard trend graph can be updated by picking the Again button in the upper right corner 3 The graphic display can be printed by selecting Utilities Print Graphics from the main menu or pick the Print button and the Graphics option e To print the trend data in a table format select Utilities Print Trends or pick the Print button and the Trends option kK k SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 73 3 74 e Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 4 Alarms and Reports Alert EL Alert EL is the basic alarm receipt software program which must be installed separately from SiteScan 2000 for Windows Alert EL uses Alert Server which gathers the alarm and trend information and then distributes it to Alert EL and or
128. bers the schedules and marks the affected Function Blocks sets the schedule flag on the Status Page This marking feature allows you to add modify or delete schedules for many areas without having to download each one individually To download schedules for marked Function Blocks follow the procedure To Download Schedules Note that compiling the configuration text will remove any marks Use the mark manual command to review or change marks for any Function Block in the system To Download Schedules 1 Select Download Schedules from the main menu or BN pick the Download button The Download pop up will E appear 2 Select between This FB All FBs or Marked FBs for schedules These choices provide flexibility and avoid repetition when entering and downloading schedules For an alternate method also refer to the dlallmarked manual command see the section Commands on page 3 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities 3 49 Uploading Schedules SiteScan 2000 for Windows can upload schedules from control modules to a Workstation This feature allows you to perform schedule changes to the schedules which currently exist in the modules Uploaded schedules are added to the Workstation s schedule database if they are different from existing ones Schedules currently in the database are not changed or overwritten We advise uploading schedules before making any schedule changes because other operators may change the s
129. ch client computer Each computer which will run the software requires a separate license See the section Software License on page 2 11 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide To Install SiteScan 2000 for Windows NOTE This software requires that you install and configure Alert or Alert EL V1 2 or higher in order to receive alarms and trends 1 Run Windows 2 Make a copy of each installation disk 3 If this is not a new installation back up the Logger Reports for each system using the Backup and Restore utility or by copying them to a separate directory or disk To view rep files after the install use a text editor or word processing program 4 If this is not a new installation back up the System Files for each system using the Backup and Restore utility 5 Ensure that the date and time are accurate using the Date Time application in the Windows Control Panel Changing the date after the installation is complete may invalidate the license 6 Close all Liebert applications Ensure that no one attempts to compile configuration text during the installation 7 Insert the first install disk into a floppy drive of your computer 8 For computers running Windows 95 pick the Start button then pick Run For computers running Windows 3 1 pick Run from the Program Manager s File menu A pop up dialog box will appear 9 At the Command Line enter a setup exe designate the correct drive for your com
130. chan Channel number in hexadecimal exp Expander number in decimal The string can be shortened by omitting certain items as shown trends gcm cm fb chan expUse the current line trends cm fb chan expUse the current line and gateway trends fb chan expUse the current line gateway and module trends chan expUse the current line gateway module FB SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 7 To select multiple trends enter a space between each string trends 41 0 3 1 21 1 This example will trend channel 41 expander 0 in the current FB and channel 21 expander 1 in module 3 FB 1 on the current line and gateway To Issue a Manual Command 1 Select Utilities Manual from the main menu or select the pa Manual Command button or press the Esc key 2 Enter a manual command Select OK to issue the command or Cancel to abort 3 8 o Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Connections Page Overview The Connections Page is where the Workstation stores information dl concerning phone numbers time zones baud rates etc To access the E Connections Page select Utilities Connections from the main menu or pick the Utilities button followed by the Connections option The Connections Page requires a password level of 8 or higher The Connections Page has a button to display the Connection Configuration Page which stores hardware port connection information for all Liebert Win
131. chedules in the modules from those in your database Then when you download schedules you will not inadvertently overwrite someone else s schedules To Upload Schedules 1 Select Upload Schedules from the main menu or select al the Upload button This command uploads schedules from FL the current area and all areas or FBs below the current area 3 50 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Setpoints Modifying Setpoints SiteScan 2000 for Windows allows you to modify zone setpoints on the Environmental Function Block parameter page The parameter page is where you may change certain Function Block variables such as setpoints channel numbers etc While simple parameters may be toggled On or Off by picking them with the mouse other parameters when picked display a pop up menu for entering text or numerical data Function Block Type L G t Name AC 5 SD124A MOD AIR Line 1 LG 1 CM 3 FB 1 Flags ID ACS_1 Tele MC226257 All Options N Type 255 Ver 22 Alarms Enabled XX Messages Enabled XXXX Xx Power Up Delay sec TREND Interval 1 Code 27 Label TEMPERATURE Org 55 00 Inc 1 00 Ava N Second Trend Y Code 30 Label HUMIDITY Org 20 00 Inc 2 00 ivs2 N Set Unit Temperature to Deg F YES No Deg C Setpoints Temperature Setpoint 70 Deg Temperature Tolerance 3 Deg Humidity Setpoint 5G ZRH Humidity Tolerance 3 ZRH Humidifier Fill Rate 11 Reset recorders DSR DTR at 5 minutes past midnight
132. commended because the network communications can become tied up SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 55 The rate of updating for Live GFBs and New Trends is set independently using the Rate button on those screens Dynamic updating is suspended if the frame is not visible For example if another Windows application partially covers the frame dynamic updating still occurs But if the frame is completely covered or if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is minimized dynamic updating is suspended 3 56 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Trends Overview The Trend Graph is where SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays a graph of the trend data for a particular module s I O points This screen is accessible from any level in the system hierarchy Any I O point in the System can be trended New trends are available for most modules which have Exec 4 0 or higher and which have a module driver version 3 0 or higher and which have their FBs properly constructed in Eikon 2 0 or later by Liebert Site Applications Any value can be trended as long as it is attached to an Analog Trend Digital Trend Analog Input Analog Output Digital Input or Digital Output microblock when the FB is made in Eikon 2 0 or later The Trend Menu Page The Trend Menu is displayed whenever New trends are requested This page can be displayed from anywhere in the system hierarchy and it allows you to select the trends you wish to view o
133. configuration database have been made Update configuration text file now Comm NetBios error SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 1 8 2 e Appendix A Comm Aborted Advisory Double Shift keys pressed Operation aborted Comm Error Bad Checksum Response received from gateway module is missing characters usually speed related Use faster modem to resolve CMnet speed differences or consult an authorized service representative to change DCLAN setup Comm Error Bad Command String Command string sent to module not recognized as a valid command Change string to one recognized by EMS Comm Error Bad or Garbled Bad or no response from module FB due to noise no communications or no memory downloaded Eliminate phone line CMnet noise or verify module communications Comm Error Bad or Missing Connection Comm Error Bad Reply Response received from gateway module is missing characters usually speed related Use faster modem to resolve CMnet speed differences or consult authorized service representative to change DCLAN setup Comm Error Bad Size Error Database expected different status information than that received from the module Download memory to module or change system files to use compatible FB Comm Error Busy Line Detected Busy line detected at installation Retry dialout later or check dialout modem for problems Comm Error Carrier Lost Connection lost with in
134. ction block XXx 0bj Xxxrp obj tmp arg Byproducts of the linking process overwritten each tmp sub time memory is downloaded tmp map The files required for the master M68 directory have been reduced as shown below The reasons for this change are as follows e To reduce the number of files e To reduce the opportunities for the files to become unsynchronized as they are changed The linker function has been consolidated into fblink exe and moved into the c ss2000 directory Table 5 5 Current M68 files yyy fb module driver interfaces between the graphic function block and the module hardware xxx fb graphic function block tmp arg tmp sub tmp map Byproducts of the linking process overwritten each time memory is downloaded These simplification steps will help to streamline software releases and increase file compatibility and reliability SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Using Bitmaps SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide SiteScan 2000 for Windows can display bitmaps on a graphic frame allowing you to further enhance screens with images such as scanned color logos Bitmaps can be displayed using two methods The first method allows one or more bitmaps to be placed into a graphic drawing when it is created using Draw for Windows V2 5 or later The second method allows SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display a single bitmap having the same filename but with a
135. cular Exec 4 x module look on the real module driver FB 15 parameter page The total number of available virtual modules is the quantity of numbers next to the Virtual Module Addresses parameter Any zeros or undefined virtual module addresses indicates free memory banks available for storing New trends If all of the virtual module address parameters are defined 1 e all SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 71 3 72 e Activities memory banks are being used then the module will store New trends in unused memory in each bank Standard Trends A portion of each module s memory is permanently set aside for Standard trends and does not conflict with the memory used for virtual modules and New trends Standard trends can be used simultaneously with New trends but only one type can be displayed at a time on the Trend Graph see the section Using Standard Trends on page 3 72 Standard trends can store up to 60 samples for a single point or 30 samples each for two points When the 61st data sample is read and stored the first is lost If two points are being trended the 31st data sample for both points will cause the first to be lost for both points This may be thought of as one 60 sample or two 30 sample sliding windows Using Standard Trends 1 Select Utilities Manual from the main menu or select the Manual Command button or press the Esc key Display the module driver Parameter page FB 15 by enteri
136. current installation Example SCH When this window is picked SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display the Schedules page Example FBHELP When this window is picked SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display a Function Block Help screen if one exists To draw a pickable Window 1 Select the proper layer The standard is that pickable Windows use layer 62 See the section The Layer SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 47 6 48 e Draw for Windows Command on page 6 33 for details Select the Pick Win figure from the Figure Menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Position the cursor in the Drawing Area near the text or symbol to be windowed Hold down the left mouse button and move the cursor to form a hollow rectangle around the text or symbol Release the left mouse button to draw the window A pop up will appear on the screen Pick Window Command String Figure 6 26 Defining a Pickable Window 5 Type the Window Function command This command is not case sensitive Example GO DC0201_1 where GO is a mandatory instruction and DC0201_1 is the node ID name to which you want to go when that window is picked Example PA 3 4 where PA is a SiteScan 2000 for Windows manual command and 3 4 is the address When this window is picked SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display the parameter page for FB 4 in module 3 of the current
137. d The live Graphic Function Block will appear 2 Pick the desired microblock If the microblock has editable variables a pop up will appear 3 Make the desired changes to the appropriate field NOTE If your password level is lower than the password level of the microblock defined in Eikon by Liebert when the FB is made you can not make any changes to that microblock Other variables can not be changed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows because they would require remaking the FB in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications 4 Press the OK button on the microblock pop up If any parameter was changed all of the microblock output values are displayed in purple until parameters are downloaded to the module 5 To download any changes to parameters to the module leave the Live GFB screen An easy way is to reselect the Live GFB tab or button Note that some of the variables on the pop ups may not affect the Parameter page and do not require downloading SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 33 Passwords Using Passwords A password is required when SiteScan 2000 for Windows is launched This password is entered on the about dialog box which is displayed first The password can be typed in while SiteScan 2000 for Windows is loading because it buffers the keyboard input Pressing the Esc key before the password is entered causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to abort loading The Password Page may be accessed with a Level
138. d with this level of access i e test color PID T O points send receive requests floating motor TRH MAINT Users at this level may do the above and access Trend Historian SYSTEM Users at this level may change everything except for Password Page including the entire Parameter Page Setup Page and Connections page Also allows access to defaultparameters and schedulepurge manual commands Unassigned OWNER Users at this level may change everything including the Password Page NOTE These are the default password assignments Contact Liebert Site Applications for other password assignments SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 35 3 36 Activities Security When SiteScan 2000 for Windows is first installed the initial Owner level password is SS2000 Changing this password should be the first action after installation In addition it is important for high level password users to quit SiteScan 2000 for Windows when finished using 1t so that unauthorized users may not access the program with that higher level password See the Auto Logoff feature in the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the Password Page may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it You will be notified by a Passwords Lockout Advisory error if this occurs and you cannot access the Password Page until the other user is finished with it See the sect
139. d Output pop up SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Graphics Print button outputs the displayed data to the printer specified by the Print Setup button The graph indicates data points with different symbols for each trend and the Y axis provides twelve major divisions for better accuracy Figure 3 24 Sample output from Graphics Print or Graphics Save BW The Graphics Save Color button outputs the current frame display as a color Windows metafile WMF without the frame borders tabs or button bar e The Graphics Save BW button outputs the displayed data as a black and white Windows metafile WMF The output is identical to the output provided by the Graphics Print button e The Text Print button outputs the displayed data to the printer specified by the Print Setup button The output is a table of up to 288 data samples per trend SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 65 3 66 Activities Trends for RTU 1 Channel DISCH AIR TEMP00 31 17 33 00 29 AUG 95 18 53 00 29 AUG 95 19 33 00 29 AUG 95 20 13 00 29 AUG 95 20 53 00 29 AUG 95 21 33 00 29 AUG 95 22 13 00 29 AUG 95 22 53 00 29 AUG 95 23 33 00 29 AUG 95 00 13 00 30 AUG 95 55 31 53 69 66 44 73 38 77 00 78 50 79 00 79 31 79 00 66 56 Interval 5 Minutes 51 88 55 12 55 31 57 75 67 56 68 50 73 88 74 50 77 19 77 19 78 69 78 69 79 12 79 12 79 50 79 31 79 00 79 00 66 88 67 06 55 1255 50 55 5055 81 55 81
140. d instead and use a gfx file extension NOTE Graphics created using Draw for DOS have a file extension of bin or pic The Number Nine graphics card used with Draw for DOS cannot display files saved in Draw for Windows To avoid overwriting an old bin or pic file with the new format we strongly recommend that you make backups of your graphic files before loading them into Draw for Windows 6 10 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Save As This command saves a file using a different filename than the existing file It uses the gfx file format see note below These graphics files can only be displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 0 or later using a VGA compatible monitor and graphics card see the section Minimum Requirements on page 2 3 Unless specified otherwise files are saved in the directory specified by the DefFileOpenDir command in the alc ini file default is c ss2000 xxx If you attempt to save a file which already exists a dialog box appears which asks Are You Sure If the file was originally drawn using Draw for DOS use a gfx file extension NOTE Graphics created using Draw for DOS have a file extension of bin or pic The Number Nine graphics card used with Draw for DOS cannot display files saved in Draw for Windows To avoid overwriting an old bin or pic file with the new format we strongly recommend that you make backups of your graphic files before loading them into Draw for Wi
141. d to obtain a new Authorization Code for the new computer to register the license The license cannot be transferred because the registration file has been damaged The transfer cannot be completed because the registration file on the interim transfer location has been damaged Prepare a new interim transfer location and attempt the transfer again The license cannot be transferred because the registration is for a different application The transfer cannot be completed because the interim transfer location was prepared for a different application s software license Prepare an interim transfer location for this software using the License Administration utility and attempt the transfer again The license cannot be transferred because the temporary destination cannot be accessed Please insure that the media is accessible and retry The diskette or network drive being used to transfer a software license cannot be accessed by the computer that the license is being transferred from Ensure that the diskette is inserted into the correct drive and is not SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide write protected If a network drive is being used make sure that the drive is accessible to the computer The license cannot be transferred because the temporary transfer destination has not been properly registered The operator attempted to use the Transfer License to Disk option but the interim transfer location has not been prepared
142. database files or Trend Historian database files See the section Backup amp Restore on page 7 7 for more information 2 16 o Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Use of Color Overview Color is used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows as a powerful information tool Each color has been assigned a code that communicates the status of a given space or piece of monitored equipment By viewing the colors displayed on the Workstation terminal the operator receives the system s analysis of the current condition of the space or equipment compared to the operator s established criteria of performance This allows the operator to be quickly updated on actual versus planned performance of each area of his facility without having to scroll through lines and lines of numerical data or computer code What the Colors Mean SiteScan 2000 for Windows determines which color should appear by comparing the actual condition of a piece of equipment to the target criteria set by the operator Each color has a Status Code associated with it which is displayed on each Function Block status page Colors are used to communicate the following conditions Table 2 1 Status Colors Condition Purple Hardware communication error Gray Unoccupied Inactive Red Alarm Red Alarm White Occupied Active Coral FB error Charcoal Module stopped due to incomplete schedule or parameter download Purple Software communication
143. display Not used FBID P M001 CMFB FBID S MO001 VALD Receiving Using Fail Value Not used The above statement reads like this e If the LAN DI is being used and the data is valid display Receiving If the LAN DI is being used and the data is NOT valid display Using fail value e Ifthe LAN DI is NOT being used display Not used FBID P M001 CMFB FBID S MO01 DISP Not used The above statement reads like this e Ifthe LAN Alis being used display the analog value e Ifthe LAN AI is NOT being used display Not used SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 59 The Bitmap Function The Bitmap function is a feature of Draw that can be used to insert bitmap images into a graphic This function is indicated on the Figures menu as BMP Once inserted into the graphic a bitmap image can be selected moved copied and deleted A bitmap image in a graphic cannot be scaled rotated or re shaped To insert a bitmap file into a graphic 1 Select the BMP figure from the Figure menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu 2 Position the cursor in the drawing area and click the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object A pop up will appear on the screen Enter Filename Filename Po Figure 6 29 Inserting a Bitmap file 3 Enter the complete path and filename for the bitmap image you want to insert
144. dows applications For more information see the section Connection Configuration on page 3 17 NOTE Some information on the Edit Connections pop up must match with corresponding information on the Connection Configuration Page If they do not match when you attempt to connect to a System SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display an error and will allow you to access the Connection Configuration Page so that you can update it This could occur for example if you have changed the Connection Type or Baud Rate for a particular port on the Edit Connections pop up but not on the Connection Configuration page Eastern 123 4567 Eastern Modem Any Matching 2 X 222 3333 Eastern Direct Connect COM1 9604 Eastern Direct Network Any Matching 9600 GMT 5 Modem Any Matching 9600 X 444 5555 M n 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 HHHH Sones Eastern astern Figure 3 2 The Connections Page SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 9 3 10 e Activities In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the Connections Page may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it You will be notified by a Connections Lockout Advisory error 1f this occurs and you cannot access the Connections Page until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information Line number The first column of the Connections Page lists each site s line number which is assigned sequentially fo
145. drag a window around the desired objects All of the surrounded objects whose origins are enclosed within the window will be deleted Undo This command reverses the action of the last executable command For example if a line is accidentally deleted from a drawing it can be restored using this command Go to This command views different parts of a graphic image The hot key associated with this function is Ctrl G SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Copy to This command stores the items selected on the screen as a symbol using the file extension sym Symbols can be retrieved using the Paste from command Draw for Windows symbols cannot be loaded into Draw for DOS Likewise symbols created in Draw for DOS cannot be loaded directly into Draw for Windows To transfer an older symbol into Draw for Windows load the symbol into Draw for DOS Unpack it and Save it as a bin file Next Import the bin file into Draw for Windows and Save it as a gfX file or issue the Edit Copy to command to save it as a symbol with a SymM extension Copy Selected Items To File Name Directories c draw Save File as oo eee Figure 6 13 Copy To SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 23 Paste from This command places a symbol into the drawing area in unpacked format Symbols can be saved using the Copy to command Symbols are stored using the sym file extension Symbols created in Draw for DOS can
146. e 0 cece cc cence eee e eee a eben ene neee 5 39 VEL VIEW 5538 ace EA ti Rad A RA A A A SIRS oe SA Gee 5 39 Checking the DOS Clock o coccion ethene e ee hE ee ee pe etd ee et be 5 39 Timeset Feature dd nw eka eG SON Chae de A A A 5 39 Resetting the Hardware Clock 0 0 cect cece teen eae 5 40 Daylight Saving Time censal da bee oh ea a a yeas a ee ea ee 5 40 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table of Contents 3 Workstation Directories A it d dic 5 41 ONIS Wi A A ek Made te ee ad A le bl 5 41 Custom and Master M68 Directory File Structure ooooooocoooocororooooro 5 41 Using BItMAPS nia tt Ae adn a gree see A Scale RAs Relate Bale Owe hae OARS 5 43 The Terminal Feature A di 5 45 Goma Metric cit ieee aie cate e elie atau big eat aig eels id a e 5 46 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE 5 48 Requesting Information syss eeaeee i a Oe eee EERE HORS EMR ESS eee es 5 48 DDE Tt KS ioe he te A id ds 5 49 DDE Examples tt A A A teh oe doe aes 5 50 Draw for Windows 6 1 What Ne West ndo do La E e otk St e o E tdo DE a do o ae eter ae AR rath oak Oe etd Cot et 6 1 The Draw for Windows Screen 0 ee een een eee ent eee beens 6 1 Changing VIEWS epee e 4 8 b eed eE ai PS SELES eh 6 3 Keyboard Reference ii tell ee ias 6 4 Fiinction Keys sieo io ots Ii iW ds tebe tee eh ads ths he od 6 4 Additional Key Commands 0 0 a e A ee eee e eben eens 6 5 Fhe Draw Palette a teh a oe eet ee ae aad
147. e Ea i 3 49 Uploading Schedules sose 5 o re ea tbe a AE a o SOMA SEW eh ee Sao eee E 3 50 SEPA ine crisi a e aa 3 51 Modifying Setpoint 00 0 see Aaa a E a e a eS 3 51 SELUP Pafe nonr eeter a E a E ees Se oe Ae Rea es eae A aldo 3 53 OMELVIEW 2 Ba etn eA E Belek DAA DAA SRA aad Gee IRA GE 3 53 Operator Activity Recorder 0 2 cece eee e eee eee 3 54 Time Format 6 32st it a Bs Meta whanau se GA dada ee tated Peak 3 54 Thermographie Colors sesion is hes A E e 3 55 Dynamic Update ccoo daa as ri A 3 55 2 e Table of Contents SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide A A AM ah deh atetmiedd Dig tober oes lend 3 57 OVERVIEW ation el bets waa aes hihi ee eh gan tha a ae aa Oe ae th Ta 3 57 standard Trends A050 is tee Bey Aa OEY Meee ee Se nee ae Qe Peasy 3 72 Alarms and Reports 4 1 Alert Els A Seen A ei eae eee area ie oe aya ie Seve ENN 4 1 ALAMOS A A WRG O E ase hed BB ee a A ead Gea GET 4 3 Using Old style Al s e enee a bees deh Sheet headed oe bot sie ee thee tad 4 3 LG CK Seti EE AN RARA 4 5 Stats Reporters ee A AN een Sa te ae Sica E Gir ee Mi n 4 5 Trend REPOL 5 2 8 ob Siege AAA ADD ERA Bat A A nh Wik ARO 4 7 When Trend Reports are generated 0 ce cece neces 4 8 Advanced Topics 5 1 System Architecture ii tha SO iene BOS ARES Os OEE Sak RA OEE te Pe Ba eee 5 1 Small Systems toba Maka a ekg te ee ee 5 1 Large Systems cu A a a 5 2 Function Bloks acia hcg bike sake As BERRA ls REA 5 3 OVERVIEW ih ichbcericicd G
148. e FBs at or below the level where global modify is launched Note that global modify cannot be launched from a screen which allows parameters to be changed Because of this feature s potential to change many areas we recommend that you back up your System files before starting This action will allow you to restore the original System files in case a mistake is made GLOBAL MODIFY ARA FB Tupe Proceed Field ID M G1 VARY New Value Value or Cnn nnd or C nn nnd for Increment Confirm O Status FB Type HH3 Name HH3 FB 5 3 Address be A A Field ID M909 1 YARY Current Value 2 00 Matches 1 New Value 5 00 Changes z Figure 3 6 The Global Modify Screen Changes made with global modify are made to the current System s compiled database structure files xxxcnfig dat xxxparam dat Aborting the process midway through could leave some FBs changed and some unchanged If this happens exit SiteScan 2000 for Windows without updating configuration text then recompile configuration text This process replaces the modified database structure files with unmodified files If you discover a global modify error after the changes are downloaded you may use global modify to reverse the process or you can restore your System files and download again SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 21 3 22 e Activities In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser the global modify screen may be in use by another user when y
149. e This command allows SiteScan 2000 for Windows to download parameters immediately after any new edit or set commands are issued Issuing this command does not cause SiteScan 2000 for Windows to download previously marked FBs This command stays in effect until the dlpause command is issued or until SiteScan 2000 for Windows is closed edit This command allows you to edit an individual parameter from anywhere in the system When this command is issued for an analog parameter the edit parameter pop up appears When this command is issued for a digital parameter no pop up appears but the parameter is toggled to the opposite state If the edit is successful the parameter is downloaded to the FB see the dlpause and dlunpause commands If the FB s frame is being displayed when the command is issued it is updated immediately The syntax for the command string is as follows edit lt expression gt where edit fbid xxx xxxx e fbid This is the node ID name from the configuration text used only if the value exists in a different FB e xxx xxxx This is the variable MBcode or Field ID for the parameter being edited SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 3 SHIFT 2 3 4 e Activities Example edit m017 lim Edits the parameter in the current PB Example edit z4h15_1 flow ovs Edits the parameter for the FB having an FBID of z4h15_1 For information about using command strings in graphics see the section The
150. e Workstation or a portable field computer through either a modem or through a direct E A 232 connection The SiteGate 232 communicates with the CMnet through a EIA 485 port This CMnet is a peer to peer local area network LAN which uses a token passing protocol to allow up to 50 control modules to communicate with one another with equal authority Each control module is capable of stand alone monitoring and or control thus increasing system reliability and performance Large Systems While small systems utilize a single CMnet for implementing system wide control strategies large systems can support multiple CMnets using the same distributed technology for maximum flexibility The backbone of the large system architecture is the LGnet a peer to peer global network which allows all nodes to communicate with one another with equal authority Nodes on the LGnet can be either DCLANs or SiteGate ETHs Each module supports a CMnet on which may reside any combination of control modules Each DCLAN is a communications gateway between the LGnet CMnet and any Workstations that may be connected to it The flexible architecture of the DCLAN allows the LGnet to be configured as EIA 485 38 4 Kbps Ethernet 10 Mbps or Token Ring 16Mbps all of which can be implemented using fiber optic cable coax or twisted pairs This arrangement allows for maximum flexibility while maintaining compatibility with existing networks The SiteGate ETH is spec
151. e equipment at that time al COLUMBUS OHIO SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Figure 2 4 Sample FB level graphic frame Equipment status and variable colors may be updated automatically by the Refresh Colors feature which is configured on the Setup Page Note that this feature applies only to graphic screens not to status screens Dynamic updating is suspended if the frame is not visible For example if another Windows application partially covers the frame dynamic updating still occurs But if the frame is completely covered or if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is minimized dynamic updating is suspended CM MODULE FB 2 L10 1 1 2 2 WHITE CM MODULE FB 2 WOU 1 1 2 3 WHITE CM MODULE FB 2 D12 Cod 1i 2 15 WHITE CM MODULE FB 3 D12 1 1 3 15 WHITE CM MODULE FB 15 WHITE CM MODULE FB 6 CM MODULE FB 7 DC4 8 215 WHITE 9 6 7 15 WHITE 8 9 CM MODULE FB 15 WHITE CM MODULE FB 1 DCi 15 WHITE CM MODULE FB Adr 11 CM MODULE FB Adr 12 CM MODULE FB Adr 13 CM MODULE FB Adr 14 11 15 WHITE 12 15 WHITE 13 15 WHITE 14 15 WHITE ARCADIA RR RRA BRERBER BERE BREE AN AA Be BREBER reee O MORO Sw p o MEL AB I T TE 7 04 26 ol eae Figure 2 5 Sample text only screen When a graphic file is not available for a frame which has areas or Function Blocks defined beneath it SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display a list This list contains a line of t
152. e frame is not visible For example if another Windows application partially covers the frame dynamic updating still occurs But if the frame is completely covered or if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is minimized dynamic updating is suspended When using the Timespan feature to display analog or floating point trends from Trend Historian the graph may drop to negative one This situation may occur if a data sample is missing or if the trend interval was changed in that particular time frame The Trend Graph can display up to 32 000 data samples If this number is exceeded the graph displays no trend data An example of where this may occur is described below Say you re trending a point every 5 minutes and receiving trend reports every 24 hours You would have 288 samples per 24 hours or 2016 samples in a week or 8928 samples in a month or 105 120 samples in a year In this case the Trend Graph could display about 3 2 months of data at once using the Timespan feature before exceeding the limit of 32 000 samples If necessary the trend interval can be adjusted so that it would take longer to reach the limit For example if you wanted to display about 6 months of trend data at once capture a trend sample every 10 minutes In this case you would only need to receive a trend report about every 2 days using the formula 288 interval 60 hours between reports For more information see the section When Trend Reports are generated on pa
153. e mouse button to form a line or press Esc to abort this function NOTE If a multidirectional line is desired start the line with the left mouse button and hold the left mouse button down Click the right mouse button to establish each directional change Release the left mouse button at the end of the line The backspace key can cancel line segments starting with the last one if the left mouse button has not been released Up to 14 directional changes can be made in any line Hollow Square Rectangle 1 Select the Hollow Rectangle figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Hollow Rectangle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu 2 Select the desired line style from the area below the Figure Menu The selected line style will be enclosed with a white box 3 Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having 6 38 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide a line type other than a solid line Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object Move the cursor to the opposite corner of the rectangle and release the mouse button to draw the object or press Esc to abort this function Hollow Circle 1 Select the Hollow Circle figure from the
154. e or CMnet noise and retry verify correct module operation Schedule Download Error User attempted to download too many schedules for 1 1 2 1 Up to 16 dated 32 undated schedules are allowed per FB Delete or consolidate existing schedules Schedule Download Error User tried to download schedules to an FB from an area level Go to an FB and then download schedules to that FB Schedule Error Cannot have schedules User attempted to obtain schedules from an FB that does not have the ability to receive schedules Retry command for FBs that can receive schedules Schedule Upload Error Schedule upload from 1 1 2 1 unsuccessful or aborted by user Eliminate phone line or CMnet noise and retry verify correct module operation Schedules at this level and below add unique schedules to operator s database Schedules Lockout Advisory Another user is editing the Schedules page at this time Retry Schedules page edits later Setpoint Error User attempted to obtain setpoints from an FB that does not have setpoints Retry command for FBs that have setpoints Setup Lockout Advisory Another user is editing the Setup page at this time Retry Setup page edits later This program does not support this feature SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A 8 9 8 10 Appendix A Time date in gateway 03 45 Expected by workstation 04 10 Set to time date expected by workstation Trend I
155. e standard layers for Variable text are 46 61 See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for details Select the Variable Abc figure from the Figure Menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select var as the foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button The background color must match the color of the area where the variable text is drawn to avoid a boxed look However if the text is drawn on top of a Variable color object it should be drawn with a transparent background Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and click the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object A pop up will appear on the screen Variable Text Field Width ALMNOR Text Expression S SAFESONOF Alarm Normal Color Expression S SAFESONOF 65 95 Figure 6 28 Defining Variable color Variable text SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 5 For the Field Width type the required number of characters for the value to be displayed using any letters or numerals Example Digital field width 6 characters ALMNOR 6 Forthe Text Expression type the variable input command This command is not case sensitive Example S SAFES ONOF Alarm Normal This will display the status of a digital input point whose MBcode is SAFE 7 For the Color Expression typ
156. e the color input command Example S SAFE ONOF 65 95 This will display the first text in the color 65 red and the second text in the color 95 white See Table 6 3 on page 6 and Figures 6 23 and 6 24 on page 45 for the colors which SiteScan 2000 for Windows may display as a variable color Using a color not indicated as a variable color will yield undetermined results NOTE If a variable color input command is not entered then SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays the text in mustard color represents configuration error 8 Press OK to draw the text or press Cancel to abort About Prime Variables A prime variable is a value sent by an FB to the gateway module where the Workstation can retrieve it quickly without having to access each individual FB via the CMnet Prime variables and colors are sent to the gateway module only when 1 its module has the token and 2 its FB update timer has expired The FB update timer is reset after the information has been sent Because prime variables are accessed as quickly as colors they can be placed on floorplan graphics with minimal additional draw time The prime variable is determined when the FB is created Eikon provides a Prime Variable microblock which can be tied to a specific floating point value which the Workstation needs quick access to i e Zone Temp Zone temperature is typically defined as the prime variable for terminal zone FBs Only one prime variable can be defined
157. e to the FB s schedules which has not been downloaded to the module M This flag indicates that Memory needs to be downloaded A memory download includes all FB files parameters and schedules This flag is automatically set when a memory download has failed for the module The Mark feature allows you to quickly mark or unmark multiple Function Blocks which reside in different modules This feature makes System wide marking and downloading an easy two step process NOTE Compiling the configuration text removes any marks The Mark Page The Mark page appears when the mark manual command has been issued or when it is selected from the Utilities menu It is available at any time regardless of whether SiteScan 2000 for Windows is currently connected with a System The Mark page displays a list of the areas and FBs which exist in the system hierarchy at the current level and below For example if the mark command is issued at the system level then all the FBs for the current line number are listed But if the mark command 1s issued at an area level then only the FBs which exist in that area are listed The Mark page displays a tree structure with each FB s tab label FB type address and flags If an FB is not marked for a Memory Parameter or Schedule download then the flag position is replaced by SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 11 a dash Only the selected FBs and areas are affected by the buttons in
158. e workstation software If necessary close and restart Windows One of the license files for this product has been altered Please reinstall the software with the original distribution diskettes to correct the problem This error may occur if one or more of the software license files is corrupted or changed Re install the software using the original distribution diskettes to re install the license You will need to obtain a new Authorization Code to re register the license after it is installed One of the license files for this product has been damaged Please reinstall the software to correct the problem This error may occur if the hard disk was damaged or if one of the software license was moved or corrupted Re install the software using the original distribution diskettes to re install the license You will need to obtain a new Authorization Code to re register the license after it is installed SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide One or more of the software license files have been altered or are missing Please reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license This message may occur if one or more software license files are changed or deleted To correct the problem reinstall the software using the original distribution diskettes A new Authorization Code must be obtained to re register the license One or more of the software license files have been moved Please reinstall
159. ec 4 modules replace the first dash in the Alarms Enabled parameter with an X In Exec 5 x or later modules locks are enabled on the module driver Locks have a default Alarm ID of A1 The Status Report is a feature which automatically generates a snapshot of a Function Block s Status page Status Reports are especially useful for those Function Blocks which record historical data By collecting these status reports every day you can develop a useful record for detecting deteriorating equipment billing information etc The Status Report is stored in the module s memory and can be activated using either an Alert microblock or a Message microblock To activate the Status Report using an Alert microblock the microblock must have an Alarm ID of STATUS and the alarm must be enabled To enable the alarm toggle the Enable parameter on the FB s Parameter SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms and Reports 4 5 page If these conditions are met then the FB will generate a Status Report whenever the alarm is tripped An Alert alarm with an Alarm ID of STATUS is always treated by the gateway module as a critical alarm To activate the Status Report without using an Alert microblock you must enable message bit 8 with an X The message bits are located in the Header portion at the top of the FB s Parameter page see the section Using Old style Alarms on page 4 3 The Function Block must contain an old style Message microblock
160. ecome damaged Contact an authorized service representative to resolve problem SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 11 8 12 e Appendix A Software License Error Messages The following messages may appear during installation when working with the License Administration utility or when a problem has occurred with the software license Messages are listed in alphabetical order For more information about the software license see the section Software License on page 2 11 A software license may not be installed on removeable media or network drives Please consult your manual for information regarding local hard drive license installation This error occurs if the operator attempts to transfer a license to a removable or network drive The software license can only be installed on the computer s hard drive A valid software license cannot be installed on an NT system Please contact your software representative for information about NT systems The software license cannot be installed on this operating system Make sure the computer is running Windows 3 1 or higher and that the software is successfully installed An unknown error has occurred while accessing this license Please free system memory and restart this software If the problem persists please contact your software representative to report the problem This error may be resolved by closing any unnecessary Windows applications then restarting th
161. ed e The Calibrate button Pressing this button allows you to adjust the offset parameter for the selected analog point by a whole number For example if a sensor reading is higher than the actual temperature by two degrees you may enter a 2 and press the Decrease button Using this feature is easier than having to calculate a new offset Figure 5 7 The Calibrate pop up e The Configure button Pressing this button allows you to select the type of signal that the selected point will handle Because the module type determines which types of signals are possible Point Help displays only the signal types which are acceptable to the module which contains the point After a signal type is selected Point Help allows you to configure the point based on all of the possible selections for that module and signal type see section Using Point Help on page 5 16 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 15 Virtual Point Figure 5 8 The Select Point Type pop up Using Point Help Point Help can be used as an effective tool when setting up parameters for I O points However note that once the points are configured their parameters may not need to be changed unless a different type of device is installed Point Help can be accessed from the FB level by pressing the Point Help button or by issuing the pointhelp manual command In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser a changeable FB l
162. ed If you are using Windows 3 1 you must also have a Windows 3 1 driver VGA monitor capable of displaying resolution of 640x480 pixels with 256 simultaneous colors 0 28 max dot pitch One parallel port one serial port Recommended Network Media SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Ethernet Token Ring Introduction 2 3 2 4 e Introduction Recommended Network Cards e Intel EtherExpress Ethernet e Intel TokenExpress Token Ring Windows Considerations SiteScan 2000 for Windows requires one of the following operating systems e Microsoft Windows 3 1 and 3 11 must be running in 386 Enhanced mode Only 386 and later computers support Enhanced mode operation e Microsoft Windows for Workgroups 3 11 e Microsoft Windows 95 e Microsoft Windows 98 requires SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 6 or later and Alert V1 2 or later Windows 3 1 In order to install SiteScan 2000 for Windows you must have previously installed Windows with the appropriate graphics driver for 640 x 480 x 256 colors using the Windows 3 1 drivers and instructions that came with your graphics card Once the Windows installation has been completed verify that Windows is running in 256 color mode by going to the Windows Setup in the Main program group and looking at the display settings Next verify that Windows is running in 386 Enhanced mode by selecting Help and About Program Manager from the Program Manager menu bar If Windows reports that
163. ed for solid objects with a pattern Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object Move the cursor to another corner to form the first side of the polygon While still holding the left mouse button down click the right mouse button to end the first side and start the second side Continue this procedure until the desired shape has been formed Up to 14 directional changes can be made Release the left button to draw the figure or press ESC to abort this function Draw for Windows e 6 43 Variable Color 6 44 e Draw for Windows The variable color function is a feature of the Draw for Windows program that is used in combination with the SiteScan 2000 for Windows software to display objects in different colors depending on the status of a Function Block or a digital control point Variable color is indicated on the Palette with the letters var A variable color can be edited after it is drawn using the Edit Variables command When drawn as a foreground color by selecting var with the left mouse button the variable color function requires a color input command When the var color is drawn as a background color by selecting var with the right mouse button it draws transparent instead A transparent background is used for example when drawing a text object on top of a Variable color object The color input command can reference the followin
164. ee die Ae Nd eee A Ee sie A ed aia Boke 6 6 FileMen Commands A ri ee datas 6 9 ING WE ita He he OR tend gt e elo a lee A ARE Ae Do odo met dd teh ee ele at 6 9 OPCs sash Say neh id Oe Aine E Aiwa Re ek Se A A se a hues A Paced 6 9 DAV Ce cco E once E Mane TN O ON toate ate Ant awe 6 10 SA IA A E EEE E E doc 6 11 IREORAW Beene eto eines eed de te ere BS Ali los ob Clad SRN ol hE les al les eb EA A o E a 6 12 A E IE ba Is EE st es TR SAN 6 12 AA A O arg eNs 6 14 O babe Seed teh te ee Sh sate E a Mace ton dhihg ten alia Outen E EE AE E EEE OEE S 6 15 Print Setup ser steals IA Selassie aed ae Mesos ae be eee ee 6 16 EXit A Bas A A A Ales Bey a ay eo Oy A doe BEI is 6 16 Edit Menu Commands 0 ccc eee eee eee eee nee eee tenn e eens 6 17 DTA Wes hsb PEGS Sc EE ENE EE heed Heated edt penie eal Atel galt aude Spatrtunbe rath duel E O Es 6 17 MOV er Te te a a A de tet aL LAA ite Get Ek e E AS 6 18 COPY ss eo i Aah A tr Mine er Bees toe eee eu G e 6 18 DCA eaten ten eee aire OT AT O eis tenet cua nau Med AE EA tics putes Rae 6 19 A a aa e aa ar ob ell edad 6 20 Delete sev sida ts Sree nt e Ll OE a A E E o TA 6 22 Und A A ae acre e A A A tance oa Geers dag a E ENSA 6 22 GOO eS ee E E E te E O OI O NR 6 22 COPY 10 AA di Piguet 6 23 Pastor ee e Be Mot dts bE et Ek le ed o aa des a Ed A te E 6 24 Selection Men Commands eira a les eae ne a pes Be Re o ac Pa 6 25 SYS sie Sede seared cde conde ore IR Deed Ok eR AE Re RSE Se OR
165. el for each microblock is established when the FB is made in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications Note that parameters can also be changed from other parts of SiteScan 2000 for Windows such as the Setpoint Graph Live GFB Global Modify and Point Help pages Parameters cannot be changed while Alert Server is gathering alarms through SiteScan 2000 for Windows To view the parameters which are in the module hold Shift and pick the Parameters button or hold Shift and pick the parameters tab This causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to temporarily upload the parameters in the module and display them on the Parameter page Note that this action does not overwrite the parameters in the SiteScan 2000 for Windows database Perform an Upload Parameters for this purpose SHIFT SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 5 5 6 Advanced Topics Function Block Type L10 Name CM MODULE FB 2 LiG Line 1 LG 1 CM 2 FB 2 Flags ID DCO10202 Tele NBL All Options Type 3 Ver 12 Alarms Enabled Text 1 z B le z G z B Messages Enabled XXX Text 1 B le B B 4 15 le Power Up Delay sec Demand Controller Address TREND Interval 15 Code 25 Label FIRST TREND Org 55 00 Inc 1 08 Ava N Second Trend N Code Label SECOND TREND Org GG Inc 0 00 ivs2 N Setpoints Temperature Setpoint 70 Deg Temperature Tolerance Setpoint Deg Humidity Setpoint 50 ZRH Humidity Tolerance Setpoint 3 ZRH High
166. ense transfer Free some space at this location in order to continue the transfer The license transfer preparation files for this site cannot be accessed updated Preparation aborted This message may occur if the computer that is to receive the transferred license is unable to access the preparation files made when the Prepare License Transfer Disk command was executed Make sure that the disk is not full or write protected and begin the preparation process again SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 15 8 16 Appendix A The main license file for this application cannot be accessed Recovery is available through license transfer or reinstallation only This error may occur if the main software license file has been moved or deleted To reinstall the license re install the software from the original distribution diskettes If the software is reinstalled a new Authorization Code will need to be obtained to re register the software The main license file for this application cannot be located Recovery is available through license transfer or reinstallation only This error may occur if the main software license file has been moved or deleted from the hard disk To reinstall the license either re install the software from the original distribution diskettes or copy the license file from the first installation diskette If the software is reinstalled a new Authorization Code will need to be obtained to re re
167. ent 4 20 mA Current 0 20 mA Voltage 0 5V Press OK to continue or Cancel to abort On the pop up which appears next see Figure 5 9 define the parameter configuration which is appropriate for the point For linear devices enter the Range and Operating Point in degrees Celsius Press OK to continue or Cancel to abort The Point Help page appears displaying updated information about the point To download any changes to the module leave the Point Help screen An easy way is to pick the Point Help tab The FB will display the Input values in degrees Celsius on the Status page Advanced Topics 5 47 Dynamic Data Exchange DDE 5 48 e Advanced Topics Dynamic Data Exchange DDE allows you to automatically share data between Windows applications using links DDE links require both a server and a client The server contains the original data the client uses that data The client may request data from or send instructions to the server application SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 5 or later supports DDE as a server application Both the server and the client must be running for the link to remain active Requesting Information For faster operation we recommend launching the client application from within SiteScan 2000 for Windows using the runmin manual command See the section Commands on page 3 1 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows allows client applications to perform the following actio
168. er in order to configure the desired printing options Print Setup Printer Default Printer currently HP LaserJet IIISi on Nalcemfg admin_1 LPT2 D Specific Printer HP LaserJet 4 Plus 4M Plus on alcmfg documentation_1 Orientation Paper an Portrait Size Letter 8 122 x 11 in O Landscape Source Figure 6 8 Print Setup Exit This command exits from Draw for Windows If you have made any changes since the file was last saved a dialog box asks 1f you want to save the changes Pick Yes or No as appropriate or Cancel to return to the drawing Picking Yes causes the Save dialog box to appear DRAW O DRAW UNTITLED has changed Do you want to save the changes Yes Figure 6 9 File Exit 6 16 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Edit Menu Commands Move Copy Scale Edit Delete Undo Go to Ctrl G Figure 6 10 Edit Menu This menu contains all of the commands which have to do with editing drawings Some of the commands in this menu have sub menus which contain various options The last Edit menu command executed remains active and can be used several times Draw This command creates objects on the screen in the selected color If the object requires user defined data such as text input a dialog box appears after the object is drawn The Draw command is automatically selected when one of the items from the Figure Menu is selected by the use
169. er is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information NOTE Live GFBs are supported only by SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 0 or later and Exec 4 0 modules or later which are downloaded with the corresponding V4 0 or later module driver To view a Live GFB NOTE Before a Live GFB can be viewed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows the setup procedure must be followed The Live GFB button is enabled only at the FB level if the eik file is packed into the fb file SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 1 Follow the procedure To set up a Live GFB 2 Go to the Function Block level and pick the Live GFB button or press ESC and enter the live gfb manual command The live Graphic Function Block will appear 3 Use the PgUp PgDn and arrow keys on the keyboard to view parts of the Graphic Function Block not currently displayed on the screen To set up a Live GFB NOTE Live GFBs will not display unless 1 the module is downloaded with the M68 files which came with SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 0 or later 2 the eikserve exe file exists in the path or in the ss2000 directory and 3 all GFBs have been packed and saved with the file extension of filename eik by Liebert Site Applications The Live GFB button is disabled in SiteScan 2000 for Windows if the above steps have not been completed This feature must be enabled by Liebert If the Live GFB feature does not work please contact Liebert
170. ersion of Draw prior to version 2 5 the version number is listed as Unknown The Compatibility indicates this file s level of compatibility with SiteScan 2000 for Windows and other Liebert products A compatibility level of 2 indicates that this file is only compatible with SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 5 or later Files that are compatible with SiteScan 2000 for Windows versions prior to 2 5 are considered to have a compatibility level of 1 Compatibility 2 files can be saved in the Compatibility 1 format so that they may be used with SiteScan 2000 for Windows and Draw for Windows versions below 2 5 but any features in the graphic that are unique to Draw version 2 5 will be lost See the section Save As on page 6 11 for more information about saving files in different compatibility formats The Size indicates the size of the file on the disk in bytes The Description box is a free form text field that can be used to enter any descriptive text for this file up to a maximum of 255 characters This description can be viewed but not edited on the File Open and File Save As pop ups Select OK to exit the pop up and save changes or select Cancel to exit without saving SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 13 NOTE When using the File Info option for the first time with a file that was created with an earlier version of Draw a Compatibility Warning will appear This warning tells you that this feature is not ava
171. ert Server monitors and which SiteScan 2000 for Windows checks the identity of when connecting The beginning of the range is defined by the GCM Poll Start setting If none of the GCMPOLL settings are defined only the DCLAN defined as GCMmaster is checked 5 32 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide New RTC This setting defines how SiteScan 2000 for Windows gathers alarms on systems with multiple DCLANs When this is enabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows collects alarms from all DCLANs in the System within the range defined by the GCM Poll Start and GCM Poll End settings which have alarms When this is disabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows polls for alarms from each DCLAN in round robin fashion NOTE The NEWRTC setting is compatible only with DCLAN V2 8 software or later Alarm Check This setting defines how often Alert Server checks for alarms on connections with Monitor this port enabled see the section Connection Configuration on page 3 17 The default is 15 seconds and the maximum is 65 seconds The lower the number the greater the chance that SiteScan 2000 for Windows cannot dial out on a connection that Alert Server is monitoring Settings below 5 seconds should be used only when Check When Connected is disabled and Alert Server is monitoring different connections than what SiteScan 2000 for Windows uses Gateway Alarm Trip This setting defines a number of consecutive unsuccessful attempts to communicate wit
172. es the FBs constructed in it are sometimes referred to as Graphic Function Blocks GFBs The Function Block files are stored in the custom M68 directory see the section Workstation Directories on page 5 41 for each System Portions of each FB file are downloaded to the module they are associated with This association is established by the System s configuration text file A Function Block consists of a Parameter page and a Status page It may also have associated with it a Live GFB and a graphic file In order to display a Live GFB certain conditions must be met as discussed in the section Live GFBs on page 3 29 If a graphic file does not exist for a Function Block that you attempt to display the Status page is displayed instead When an FB is displayed from one of these places you are considered to be at the Function Block level which is the most basic level of control Each Function Block has a color associated with it which is set according to the conditions established by the person who created the FB Each color has a Status Code associated with it which is displayed on the FB s Status page For more information see the section The Status Page on page 5 9 Each module contains a special Function Block called the module driver These FBs are configured when the job is installed and should not be changed by the user Multi User Support One of the features of SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser is preventing multiple operators fr
173. es its current date and time with that of the gateway module If the time and date difference is less than or equal to 15 minutes an automatic synchronization broadcast is made If the difference is greater than 15 minutes adjusted for time zone variations SiteScan 2000 for Windows may ask if you want to reset the module clock depending on how the Errorwait command is set see the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 If you answer yes the Workstation s time and date is sent to the gateway module thereby synchronizing all the modules on the CMnet If you answer no the time and date on the System remains unchanged Connection Information The fourth column of the Connections Page lists the connection information for each installation It includes the type of connection and if itis not a NetBios connection it also lists the port connection the baud rate and the telephone number for modem connections only Note that Direct Network connections cannot be used to receive alarms 3 12 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide NetBios Connections If a Workstation must To configure a line for a network connection select NetBios on the communicate with the Edit Connection pop up and pick OK Then pick Configure DCLAN s across a Connections to specify which console number to use For example if the DCLAN has console 3 defined as NetBios pick the Add button and enter 3 for the console number The DCLAN console numbers are
174. et often enough For example say that you want to set up a trend on an AI with an interval of 5 seconds This interval would require a duration of 24 minutes to receive 288 samples of data 5 seconds x 288 samples 24 minutes It would take Alert Server approximately 3 minutes to process the information During this 3 minutes 36 new samples of data have been taken To make sure that none of this information is lost trip the trend alarm every 20 minutes or so more often if you are using multiple sites that are modem connected see previous paragraph This may prevent gaps in the recorded data NOTE If you are using Trend Historian and change the trend interval parameter you should also ensure that the frequency at which the trend alarm is tripped remains within the above guidelines Standard Trends An older FB which was not constructed in Eikon and which has message bit 7 enabled generates a Trend Report for each trend as soon after 1 00 a m as possible in order to take advantage of the lowest telephone rates and the lowest traffic expectancy This Trend Report is a snapshot of the trend s last 60 samples before the report was sent Note that pre Eikon FBs can use only Standard Trends which are not supported by Trend Historian To generate Trend Reports for New trends or Standard trends Contact Liebert Site Applications or your local sales representative for this option NOTE The number of trends which can be enabled depends o
175. ete Selected Shft F5 Undo F7 Shape Ctrl F5 Go to Ctrrl G L Yariables F5 Figure 6 12 Edit Sub menu To edit the attributes of an object 1 2 3 4 Pick Edit from the Edit menu Pick Attributes from the sub menu Pick the object to be edited Pick the desired attribute color pattern line style text font or direction Repeat steps 1 4 for multiple objects SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide To edit attributes for multiple objects at the same time 1 2 Pick Edit from the Edit menu 3 4 Pick the desired options color pattern line style text font Select the objects to be edited Pick Selected from the sub menu or direction To edit the shape of an object 1 Ze 3 Pick Edit from the Edit menu Pick Shape from the sub menu Position the cursor within the borders of the object to be edited For these objects do the following e polygon hold down the left mouse button and drag the objects outline to the desired shape Release the left mouse button to accept the new shape or press the Escape key to abort To remove previous vertices hold the left mouse button and press the Backspace key e line hold down the left mouse button and click the right mouse button where you want the line to change direction Release the left mouse button to accept the new shape or press the Escape key to abort To remove previous vertices hold the left mouse button and press the
176. eter is enabled for a serial port connection several buttons appear for various baud rates Alert Server will monitor a connection only at the selected baud rate The Monitor this port button is disabled for Direct Network connections because they cannot be used to receive alarms When searching for a connection to use for outgoing data Liebert applications first search for connections which do not have the Monitor this port button enabled NOTE DCLANs store alarms generated from Alert microblocks on consoles 1 4 only Alert Server continuously holds open the Com or NetBios ports which have the Monitor this port setting enabled on the Connection Configuration page Alert Server closes these ports only when the Monitor this port setting is disabled or when another Liebert application needs access to the port This approach provides several advantages such as e Less time is used connecting and disconnecting from the NetBios port allowing Alert Server to check for alarms more frequently without slowing the NetBios network See the Alarm Check setting in the section The Alert Tab on page 5 31 for more information e Workstation modems can receive alarms at different baud rates SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Global Modify Overview The global modify feature allows you to quickly modify a large number of parameters and then download all the changes at the same time Like schedules global modify is only effective for th
177. evel screen may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it For example another user may be displaying a Parameter page when you try to access the Point Help page for that same Function Block You will be notified by a Parameters Lockout Advisory error if this occurs and you cannot change any part of that FB until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information Note that Point Help does not cross check channel numbers or other parameter settings for FBs in the same module For example 1t cannot prevent you from defining a Universal Input as an Al in one FB and as a DI in another FB in the same module Point Help also does not read jumper and switch settings from the module Therefore when changing the signal type for an input point be sure to verify that the module s input jumper is set properly 5 16 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Figure 5 9 Typical Point Configuration pop up The Range field allows you to enter the range of the device The Operating Point field allows you to specify the device s expected mid range operating value which is usually the most accurate point within that range Point Help then calculates the correct offset and gain for that point Use the Calibrate button on the Point Help Page to easily modify the offset parameter to match the device readings To configure a point 1 gt SiteScan 2000 for Wi
178. ew drive mapping is displayed and the asterisk will disappear if the new drive mapping is SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 29 different from the default NULL is a valid drive setting as shown in Table 5 2 Ci SS2GGG Xxx AMES 4 Figure 5 14 Editing a Drive Setting For example say you create a new System called ABC It immediately inherits the default drive mappings so all the drives are marked with asterisks Next say you change System ABC s drive mapping for DRV2 The asterisk for that drive should disappear from the System ABC s drive setup Next say that you display the drive setup for System XXX these are the defaults and change the drive mapping for DRV3 If you display the drive setup for any System which uses the default for DRV3 it will still have an asterisk but it will show the new drive mapping Remember that none of these changes become effective until the Save button is picked Also remember that the System which is currently displayed becomes the primary System ID when the settings are saved The drive mappings are read when SiteScan 2000 for Windows is launched when the user switches Systems from within SiteScan 2000 for Windows using the system manual command when Alert Server processes alarms and when the current System name is changed The initial default drive mappings and their function are displayed in the table below Some files identified as a working copy are also loc
179. ext for each area or FB The list contains a line of text for each area or FB The text includes the tab label address and color if it s an FB or the word Area if it s an area The text itself is displayed in the same color as the FB or in white if it s an area Multi User Support SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser allows multiple users on a local wide area network to share a single set of System files so that changes SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 21 2 22 e Introduction made by one user are seen by all other users which share the same files It does this by preventing multiple operators from changing the same Function Block or other part of the program at the same time When this occurs you are notified by a pop up which indicates that it is being used by someone else This could happen when you attempt one of the following actions e Display an FB Parameter page Live GFB or Point Help page e Perform a Global Modify e Modify schedules optional feature e Modify a setpoint on the Setpoint Graph e Change the members of a Group optional feature e Update configuration text e Display the Connections page Passwords page or Setup page Tabs SiteScan 2000 for Windows features a series of tabs which appear in the upper left corner of the screen to help you always remain aware of where you are in the system These tabs mark your progress and give you a constant overview of your position
180. f the desired ellipse and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor outward to form a circle of the desired horizontal dimension While still holding the left mouse button down click and release the right mouse button and move the cursor up down or left right until the desired ellipse has been formed This takes some practice to determine how to form an ellipse of the proper size Draw for Windows e 6 39 6 40 e Draw for Windows Arc Dots Text and orientation Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press Esc to abort this function If necessary use the Scale command to rotate the ellipse Select the Arc figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Arc figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired line style from the area below the Figure Menu The selected line style will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for lines and hollow objects having a line type other than a solid line Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center of the desired arc and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor away from the starting point to form a circle of the desired radius with the cursor located at one end of the arc
181. font list followed by the size Example Times 12 Disable Key Checking This setting defines which parallel ports are not checked for the existence of a hardware key This feature prevents Liebert software from becoming confused when special pieces of equipment are connected to the computer Buttons are displayed only for the parallel ports which physically exist on the computer 5 36 Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The alc ini File Overview The alc ini file is an initialization file that consists of different sections used by various Liebert applications These applications usually read the alc ini file when they are launched and sometimes while the application is being used Only the settings which are not commonly changed are presented here because the rest of the settings are either set by the program itself or they can be changed using the INI Configuration Manager a separate Windows application The contents of the alc ini file are not case sensitive and no spaces should surround the equal signs SVW Section Lgtimeset No This setting defines whether the workstation sends a date amp time broadcast to the DCLAN every time SiteScan 2000 for Windows or Alert Server requests alarm data with a New RTC command This date amp time broadcast does not compensate for time zone variations See the New RTC setting in the section The Alert Tab on page 5 31 for more information NOTE This setting is com
182. for Windows User s Guide Auto Logoff This setting defines the number of minutes of inactivity before SiteScan 2000 for Windows closes automatically When SiteScan 2000 for Windows closes by this feature configuration text is not updated The default is O which disables this feature Inactivity is defined as e SiteScan 2000 for Windows is not executing a command such as a lengthy download e There are no key presses from the keyboard e There is no mouse movement over the SiteScan 2000 for Windows window If SiteScan 2000 for Windows is minimized or if another Windows application is covering SiteScan 2000 for Windows then SiteScan 2000 for Windows does not see mouse movement Font This button allows you to configure the font for the text which appears on the tabs and on the Function Block Parameter and Status pages This feature is useful for international users whose alphabet would have characters that are too small to read at the default text size A non proportional font such as Courier or Terminal is recommended The default font is Wafer When the button is pressed configure the desired font using the Windows font list Also see the tabwidth and tabheight settings in the section The alc ini File on page 5 37 Font Font Style T IBMPCDOS MS LineDraw SYW Terminal Wafer RaBbYyZz Figure 5 13 Configuring the FB font Language This setting defines the name of a dll file which contains messages and menus for the loc
183. for Windows supports DDE Examples Most Windows applications capable of running as a DDE client can be used to request data from or send instructions to SiteScan 2000 for Windows Typically these applications require using a proprietary macro language to implement the data exchange Included below are some examples using spreadsheet applications such as Lotus 123 and Microsoft Excel The DDE feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows is not dependent upon any particular third party software These examples are included for illustration purposes only The DDE links in these examples are manually activated when the appropriate button is pressed to execute a macro Once the data is obtained in the client application it can be configured as desired for custom reporting For example a spreadsheet allows you to format the data place it into formulas and tables and display it on various types of graphs SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Sample Lotus 1 2 3 DDE Template This spreadsheet collects timed local override data and runtime data from SiteScan 2000 for Windows and places it into a table so that percentages can be calculated The spreadsheet could be modified to multiply the percentages by a definable amount for billing purposes The Setpoint macro allows you to edit a particular zone s heating setpoint Lotus 1 2 3 Release 5 BILLING WK4 Ji9 ne dela Elease 7 ve aLa ada E A Y New Sheet i A
184. for this FB Parameters Setpoints Point Help or Live GFBs Retry this command later Password Error No OWNER level password If no OWNER level password is present passwords cannot be modified for lower level users Contact your authorized service representative for more information Password Error Invalid password entered Password Error User attempted a command that was not allowed by their password level Exit EMS and re enter using the appropriate level password for the command Passwords Lockout Advisory Another user is editing the Passwords page at this time Retry Passwords page edits later Point Help Error Files not available The POINTHLP DLL file is not found in the working directory or in the DOS path Copy the above file to the proper directory and retry Print Aborted Advisory User aborted print command by pressing Double Shift keys SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Print Error The printer is either not powered up or is not functioning properly Verify printer connections and power verify printer setup or verify that current SYSVALA DAT file exists in Custom M68 directory Runlog File Open Error Runlog file name on setup page c emsys alclog txt cannot be opened by EMS invalid path or file name Change runlog file name on setup page to valid path and file name Schedule Download Error Schedule download to 1 1 2 1 unsuccessful or aborted by user Eliminate phone lin
185. g The diskette or network drive being used to transfer a software license cannot be accessed by the computer that the license is being transferred SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide from Ensure that the diskette is inserted into the correct drive and is not write protected If a network drive is being used make sure that the drive is accessible to the computer The main license file located on setup disk 1 has been damaged and cannot be validated Please restore the original license file or contact your software representative to report the problem This message indicates a problem with the license file on the installation disk used for this installation Attempt to re install the software using the original installation diskettes If the problem continues contact Technical Support The main license file located on the setup disk 1 has been altered and cannot be validated Please restore the original license file or contact your software representative to report the problem This message indicates a problem with the license file on the installation disk used for this installation Attempt to re install the software using the original installation diskettes If the problem continues contact Technical Support The main license file on setup disk 1 has been replaced by a different application s license Please restore the original license file or contact your software representative to report the problem The first i
186. g e A Function Block ID name from the configuration text SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays the color associated with the FB s status code see the section The Use of Color on page 2 17 This feature is commonly used when drawing floorplans Example RC0203_1 C where RC0203_1 is the Function Block ID name and C is a mandatory code representing the color status code broadcast by the FB e A conditional expression which evaluates the status of a digital value The expression specifies which color to display in SiteScan 2000 for Windows for each status This feature is commonly used together with text and variable text For more information see the section The Variable Text Function on page 6 49 Example S FAN SONOF 95 97 where FAN is the MBcode defined in Eikon and 95 and 97 represent the colors for the ON condition white and the OFF condition gray When working with SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 5 or later any color on the draw palette can be used as a variable color with the exception of VAR The following table lists the index numbers for each color on the palette These numbers should be used to represent the desired color in a conditional expression Color index numbers are listed in the table in the same order that they appear in the palette See Table 6 3 on page 6 6 for the color names and RGB values SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide When using variable color in graphics with SiteScan 2000 for
187. g a diskette to make the transfer take the diskette to the computer that will receive the license and insert it into the diskette drive From the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration pop up click the Receive License from Disk button A message will appear asking you to enter the drive or directory where the transferred license can be found Enter the appropriate drive and directory and click OK A message appears indicating that the software license was successfully received The license is now permanently transferred to the new computer The diskette or network drive used to make the transfer no longer contains any license information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Program Identification Overview During the installation icons were installed in a new or an existing Windows group for the following programs SSW This program is SiteScan 2000 for Windows an interactive graphical interface for monitoring critical support equipment Trend Historian This program is a feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows which stores trend information gathered by Alert Server in a database so that it can be seamlessly retrieved and displayed on the Trend Graph See the section Trend Historian for more information Draw for Windows This program is used to produce the color Ha graphics which are displayed within SiteScan 2000 for Windows It k saves files using the gfx file format These graphics files can only be di
188. ge 4 8 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 61 3 62 Activities The Data Point Feature To see information about a particular data point click on the trend A pop up appears see Figure 3 21 which provides the time and date of the point Analog values can be copied to the Windows clipboard Figure 3 21 The Trend Data Point pop up The Zoom Feature To ensure that comparisons between graphs are accurate the Trend Graph forces all the graphs to share the same time span X axis Whenever a graph s X axis changes because of a zoom or because you changed it using the Timespan feature all the graphs automatically rescale their X axis to match The Y axis however is rescaled only for the analog graph on which the zoom feature is used The zoom feature does not rescale the Y axis on digital trends To Zoom in on a trend click on a Trend Graph and hold the mouse button while dragging a box When you release the mouse at the desired place the X axis of every graph rescales to fit the width of the box If the graph contains analog trends the Y axis will rescale to fit the height of the box Use the Reset button to reset the Y axis to the default values and to reset the X axis to the scale specified on the Timespan pop up To change a trend s default vertical scale change the trend s display range parameters on the trend s function block parameter page The Trend Graph Buttons The buttons on the Trend Graph pro
189. gister the software The main license file for this application cannot be located on setup disk 1 Please restore the license file or contact your software representative to report the problem This error may occur if the main software license file has been moved or deleted from the first installation diskette Attempt the installation again using the original installation diskettes or contact Technical Support The main license file for this application has been altered Recovery is available through license transfer or reinstallation only This error may occur if the main software license file has been changed To reinstall the license re install the software from the original distribution diskettes If the software is reinstalled a new Authorization Code will need to be obtained to re register the software The main license file for this application has been damaged Recovery is available through license transfer or reinstallation only This error may occur if the hard disk has been damaged or the main software license file has become corrupted To reinstall the license re install the software from the original distribution diskettes If the software is reinstalled a new Authorization Code will need to be obtained to re register the software The main license file for this computer could not be transferred to the temporary destination Please insure that the destination is accessible and not write protected before retryin
190. h a gateway module which when achieved causes Alert Server to generate a dead gateway module alarm The default is 0 which prevents Alert Server from generating the alarm For example if this setting is set to 10 an alarm is generated for every ten unsuccessful attempts in a row to communicate with that gateway The count of unsuccessful attempts is reset to zero when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects to a gateway Gateway Alarm ID This setting defines an Alarm ID up to eight characters that is generated when a dead gateway module alarm is generated The default is gateway Because there is no communication with the gateway module Alert Server assigns the alarm the current System ID and a line number of 1 For more information about Alarm IDs see the section Alarms on page 4 3 Systems Section List This setting defines extra Systems which are monitored for alarms by Alert Server Alert Server automatically monitors the primary System displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows The successive Systems are separated by a space Example ABC DEF GHI SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 33 File This setting defines a text file usually called users Ist containing extra Systems which are monitored for alarms by Alert Server in addition to the primary System The successive Systems in the file are separated by a return Unless a path is defined SiteScan 2000 for Windows will search for the file in the c 1ss2000 d
191. he setup program displays a Client Install dialog box Pick No to install all the files required to run the software locally Pick Yes to install only some of the files locally the rest of the files will be installed or are already installed on a network server At the Specify Location dialog box enter the directory where the software is to be installed Press OK to continue The setup program begins installing files and prompts you when another disk is necessary The number of disks used may vary depending on factors such as the install options selected or on the type of product being installed do not be alarmed if all the disks are not used NOTE The setup program will overwrite any existing files having the same filename and a file date older than what is included on the install disks 13 14 15 16 After the files are installed specify which program group will contain the icons for this software An option is included to delete the icons for previous versions of this software Press OK to continue Enter the name of your primary System ID This is the three character System name that the software looks for when it is first launched Press OK to continue Choose whether you want the setup program to make changes to the listed files If you pick Update the original files are renamed and then recreated with changes in place This method allows you to restore the previous versions of these files if necessary If
192. he Solid Rectangle figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Solid Rectangle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired pattern from the area below the Palette The selected pattern will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for solid objects with a pattern Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object Move the cursor to the opposite corner of the rectangle and release the mouse button to draw the object or press Esc to abort this function Solid Circle 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Select the Solid Circle figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Solid Circle figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired pattern from the area below the Palette The selected pattern will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for solid objects with a pattern Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center of the desired circle and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor away
193. ib MenuFile path This setting locates the eikmenu txt file which contains initialization information for the Live GFB screen The default path is c ss2000 eikmenu txt TrendHistorian Section AltOptPath path This setting defines an alternate location to use for storing temporary data while optimizing the database Disabled Yes This setting indicates that Trend Historian has shut down because of errors When set to Yes Alert Server will not attempt to launch Trend Historian Typical causes for this situation are that the computer ran out of memory or disk space If Trend Historian is launched by a user it displays messages for recommended actions UserName XXX This setting defines the System for which Trend Historian will display a list of trends when it is launched 5 38 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Clocks Software and Hardware Overview The Workstation computer has two clocks a hardware battery backed clock and a DOS or software clock The hardware clock runs continuously even when the computer is turned off When the computer is turned on it reads the current time and date from the hardware clock and sets the DOS clock to match it From then on the Workstation uses the DOS clock for time and date information until the computer is turned off Checking the DOS Clock SiteScan 2000 for Windows uses the DOS clock and displays this time on the screen You can check the DOS clock at any time
194. id license that you wish to transfer to another computer This product has not been properly installed at this location Please reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license The software was not successfully installed on this computer Re install the software using the original distribution diskettes An Authorization Code will be needed to register the software license after installation This product upgrade requires access to the hardware key used to enable your previous version of the software Please insure that this key is inserted before continuing Before an upgrade can be completed the hardware key used for previous versions of the software must be properly installed Make sure that the previous hardware key is correctly installed and continue the upgrade This product upgrade requires access to the hardware key used to enable your previous version of the software The key currently in place does not have the required settings Please insure that the correct key is inserted before continuing The upgrade program detected a hardware key for a different application Make sure that the previous hardware key is correctly installed and continue the upgrade SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A 8 19 8 20 Appendix A This product upgrade requires access to the hardware key used to enable your previous version of the software The printer connected to this key a
195. ifically designed to connect over Ethernet Each CMnet supports up to 50 controllers zone controllers rooftop controllers or stacks However multiple gateways can be added to the LGnet for projects that require more than 50 control modules A total of 60 gateways can be added to the LGnet each supporting up to 50 control modules The configuration of the network is unrestricted and the modular design of the hardware allows the capacity of the system to be expanded at any time without disruption of the existing installation 5 2 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide m gt 3 ElA 232 Alarm Outputs TI h Printer qe la Pager gt VD f S O S Mainframe Interface LGnet EIA 485 Up to 60 DCLANs EIA 234 00 amoo J DCLAN _ DCLAN 4 Standard gt 4 Standard Elo heven bli E E ElA 485 E ElA 422 A Mn na e A o Liebert Air Unit Mult Drop Liebert Air U ia ulti Dro iebert Air Unit ri A ElA 485 DC 12 485 Adapter EIA 485 SiteLink DC 12i CMnet as LMDA J CMnet Liebert Power Unit A A i Liebert Power Unit lt om o Uusi bat 10 Universal Inputs di 10 Universal Inputs 1 pi ooo v Up to 50 Liebert U
196. igured to monitor a connection which SiteScan 2000 for Windows does not normally use CAUTION If Check When Connected is disabled make sure that Alert Server can communicate with the gateway module 1 At the Workstation verify that the connection to be monitored by Alert Server has Active and Monitor this Port enabled on the Connection Configuration screen Otherwise Alert Server will ignore any incoming data on that connection If you are using a NETBIOS connection we recommend connecting Alert EL to a different global console than the one used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows must be console 1 4 2 At the gateway module if the console which reports alarms is modem connected verify that it has the telephone number for the connection monitored by Alert Server Although each console stores all alarms only one is required to send them in Otherwise SiteScan 2000 for Windows will not receive the alarms and cannot break the connection when the gateway module calls in Interval This setting defines how often SiteScan 2000 for Windows checks alarms for Alert EL when Check When Connected is enabled This setting is only used when Alert EL is running and SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected to aSystem The default is 15 seconds and the maximum is 65 seconds Settings below 5 seconds will degrade SiteScan 2000 for Windows performance Miscellaneous Section Parameter Version Warning This setting defines whether to display the FB Para
197. ilable for this file unless you upgrade the file s compatibility If you select Yes to upgrade the compatibility of the file the graphic will no longer function properly with SiteScan 2000 for Windows versions prior to 2 5 If you select No the File Info operation will be aborted and the file will not be upgraded In order to use an upgraded graphic with versions of Draw or SiteScan 2000 for Windows below 2 5 you must save the file as a Compatibility 1 Graphic using the File Save As option See the section Save As on page 6 11 for more information about file compatibility Import This command loads into Draw for Windows an existing bin file created with the DOS based version of Draw Unless specified otherwise files are loaded from the directory specified by the DefFileOpenDir command in the DRAW section of the alc ini file default is c ss2000 xxx Use the File Save or the File Save As command to save the file using the gfx file format Because Draw for Windows does not support multiple drawing modes files created in Draw for DOS containing Variable Color Stacked Text 1 e open closed normal alarm dty cln must be edited before being saved in Draw for Windows See the section The Variable Text Function on page 6 49 for more information NOTE If a packed symbol is detected during an import operation the import is aborted Unpack any packed symbols in the DOS based version of Draw before attempting to import the file into Dr
198. ill be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired pattern from the area below the Palette The selected pattern will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is required for solid objects with a pattern Position the cursor in the Drawing Area at the center of the desired arc and hold down the left mouse button to mark the origin of the object Move the cursor away from the starting point to form a circle of the desired radius with the cursor located at one end of the arc While still holding the left mouse button down click the right mouse button and move the cursor clockwise or counter clockwise until the desired arc has been formed Release the left mouse button to draw the figure or press ESC to abort this function SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Solid Polygon 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Select the Solid Polygon figure from the Figure Menu using either mouse button The Solid Polygon figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select the desired pattern from the area below the Palette The selected pattern will be enclosed with a white box Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button A background color is requir
199. ime and date To set your Workstation s hardware clock follow the manufacturer s instructions which were shipped with your computer Daylight Saving Time In Windows 3 x when a Daylight Saving Time transition occurs you must manually change the Workstation s hardware clock If you forget the automatic Time Set feature will remind you when you contact the CMnet after the transition occurs This step is not necessary in Windows 95 if the Time Date properties are set to automatically make the transition for Daylight Saving Time located in the Control Panel Changing the Module Clocks The CMnet must have one XFR or XFG Function Block downloaded as FB no 14 into one module per CMnet These Function Blocks allow the operator to specify dates on the parameter page for Daylight Saving Time transition for several years in advance When the dates occur the FB broadcasts the new time on the CMnet SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Workstation Directories Overview When the Workstation software is installed several directories are created on the computer s hard disk for specific purposes The default directory structure is as follows where XXX stands for the three character System name Table 5 3 Workstation Directory Structure Directory Description of Contents c ss2000 System files executable files batch files fonts etc c ss2000 m68 Master M68 module driver FBs executable files c ss2000 pic
200. ing and or ending time Trend Error The trend range minimum must be less than the trend range maximum Change the trend range minimum and or maximum SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Trend Error The user attempted to trend a value that cannot be trended by EMS Trend a value that can be trended by EMS Trend Error The user attempted to trend a value that cannot be trended by EMS Trend a value that can be trended by EMS Trend Error User attempted to obtain trends from something other than an FB Go to an FB and then pick the Trend command Trend Error User attempted to trend a value with interval of 0 Suggestions Change affected trend interval to a non zero number Trend Historian Database Error Trend historian database not found in path specified by ALC INI file Launch Trend Historian front end program for more information Trend Historian Error Trend historian error 3 Trend Historian Error Trend historian error 4 Trend Historian Error Trend historian samples requested by EMS not found for this point Launch Trend Historian front end program for information on valid ranges for trended points Trend Upload Error The specified trend could not be uploaded because of communications problems Disconnect reconnect and retry the operation Tried to connect to ABC line 2 connected to ABC line 1 Disconnected Warning Damaged schedules list The schedule database has b
201. ing else to prevent unauthorized users from accessing the program Be sure to record all password settings 23 Set up the Connection Configuration page with the hardware connections which are used on your computer Any changes made on the Connection Configuration page affect all Liebert Windows products See the section Connections Page on page 3 9 for more information 24 In order to receive alarms or trends you must install and configure Alert or Alert EL Refer to the Alert EL User s Guide or the Alert User s Guide for more information about installing and running Alert SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction 2 9 Running SiteScan 2000 for Windows When SiteScan 2000 for Windows is first installed the initial Owner level password is SS2000 Changing this password should be the first action when SiteScan 2000 for Windows is run the first time In order to run properly SiteScan 2000 for Windows requires that the DOS program share exe be loaded in memory during execution of the autoexec bat file The setup program modifies the autoexec bat file if necessary NOTE If you minimize SiteScan 2000 for Windows while connected to a System the Workstation remains connected to the System To Start SiteScan 2000 for Windows 1 Use the Configuration Utilities program to set the current System ID 2 Double click on the SiteScan 2000 for Windows icon 2 10 Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide
202. ion cs oe ee a a Rea hee Ss 3 17 COMME CHOMS seilduk auien i i ehh eA dele tie e a Goede a agua teed ips 3 17 Parameters sess hbase As ds tot toe tad dd Bk 3 19 Connection ID irsiy Doa 3 20 Monitor this port ss is a AA Balad ORME CER ee OAR Ss 3 20 Global Modify sc osc Ae it oth tel bord Sa dia 3 21 OMETVICW sde A e A A id Rc 3 21 Global Modify Options cin E eee 3 22 Groups Optional Feature cono da e o A 3 25 O AN 3 25 Live GEBs iii A aed wie ta ida 3 29 IO AIN 3 29 Features of the Live GFB Screen m oroa ieia aa da dE 3 32 PASS WOT S ii A A 3 34 Using Pass words sope ean ts a A a eas See Ro At ee is 3 34 P ssword Levels A eS Mie oie Eta 3 35 ECU si A a A A A 3 36 Printing e A A A hed dha dtc A 3 37 Parameters ia da dae 3 37 Stats E NEO CNA A Gee del 3 38 FB DISEASE AR 3 38 Points LAS A A A daa 3 38 Groups Optional sponi ca Sie ats BSAA GS o ao Meek oi eS 3 38 schedules Optional cm e bbe DE ew RN cee ects 3 39 TRONS iii a kes RA A Degen she ae a GARR a bette ea See Soe AES 3 39 Graphics Color uti ii ia 3 41 Graphics B amp W ci it ii wie a td id A as 3 41 Schedules Optional Feature cssc coor a EE E E en een tence eet n ene e eben 3 42 OVCEVIEW masei hes nike A A ROA Belek AA AS BRN ae A ARRAS 3 42 Efficient Scheduling 0 2 ss eed eke Godt oe ad end 3 43 Schedule Options GFBs must be initially programmed by Liebert Site Applications upon request 3 45 Downloading Schedules 2 0 00 oe e e O a ete E KeKK ee
203. ion Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information The passwords entered on the SiteScan 2000 for Windows Password Page are also used by Trend Historian A password level of 7 is required in order to launch maximize or close Trend Historian See the section Trend Historian on page 5 19 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide When SiteScan 2000 for Windows is launched it uses the default Windows printer To change to a different printer select Utilities Printer Setup from the main menu or press the Print button followed by the Print Setup button Any changes in the Printer Setup remain in effect until SiteScan 2000 for Windows is closed Figure 3 13 The Print pop up Parameters Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Parameters causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print a text only version of an FB s parameter page This feature applies to every FB which exists at a lower level in the system s parental structure from where the selection is made For example if this selection is made at the area level then parameters for all of the FBs under that area are printed However if the selection is made at the system level then parameters for all the FBs in the system are printed If All Options is set to NO on a FB parameter page then the print out for that particular FB generally contains o
204. irectory Text files can be created directly using the notepad exe program or by using a word processor and saving the file as a text file Example of USERS LST file ABC DEF GHI Miscellaneous Section Historian This setting enables Alert Server and SiteScan 2000 for Windows to use Trend Historian to store and retrieve New trend data Note that Alert Server can store trends in Trend Historian only if the historan dll file exists in the same directory as Alert EL or in the path The Eikon Tab The Eikon page displays the most frequently changed settings for Eikon Any changes to this page are written to the Eikon section of the alc ini file when the settings are saved The Eikon settings should not normally be changed by a SiteScan 2000 for Windows operator For more information about these settings pick the Help button The Draw Tab The Draw page displays the most frequently changed settings for Draw for Windows an application which creates the color graphic images displayed by SiteScan 2000 for Windows Any changes to this page are written to the DRAW section of the alc ini file when the settings are saved The Draw settings should not normally be changed by a SiteScan 2000 for Windows operator Draw is not supported by SS2W 5 34 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide INI Configuration Manager SiteScan Alert Eikon Draw General Miscellaneous Menu File e S2GGG DRAWME
205. is not displayed if the gfx file is found SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 23 Video Resolution SiteScan 2000 for Windows supports video resolutions other than 640x480 At higher resolutions the button bar is centered at the bottom of the screen and the frames and windows increase in size to display larger graphics and more text for parameter pages To display a higher video resolution both your video card and your monitor must be capable of displaying that higher video resolution Consult your Windows User s Guide for more information on changing your video resolution a OFF OFF OFF OFF Seeqceeoons SAO CAREA Figure 2 6 Sample frame at 800x600 2 24 e Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utilities The Utilities menu allows you to access various features of SiteScan 2000 for Windows software These features can also be accessed by using manual commands Keep in mind however that certain features are password protected See the section Passwords on page 3 34 for more information Figure 2 7 The Utilities menu Using the Workstation A Workstation is essentially a desktop computer with a number of unique features software and enhanced graphics capability plus some familiar accessories These usually include one or more modems a high resolution color monitor a hard disk a printer and a mouse Given the normal care and respect which should be given to any
206. iteScan 2000 for Windows Once you ve correctly entered your password the first graphic to appear on the screen is either a map of all locations under control through your Workstation or a building elevation or logo for a single site installation This graphic is the System level graphic the highest level in the hierarchy If a map is used each location is identified in a text block on the map On some multiple building Systems there may be a list of the buildings in alphabetical order to use for access To access any of these locations pick the text block using the left mouse button 2 18 e Introduction SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Figure 2 2 Sample System level graphic frame When a building is picked the screen changes to reveal a graphic of the building and or its floor plan Each floor of the building may have a separate graphic SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction 2 19 2 20 e Introduction D CENTER UPS ROOM To ELECTRICAL ONELINE BATTERY SYSTEM COMPUTER ROOM Figure 2 3 Sample Area level graphic frame To look further into the building you can select a particular floorplan by using the mouse to place the cursor on the name of the floorplan and pushing the left button The Equipment level represents the lowest level of the heirarchy This graphic represents the particular piece of Liebert equipment that is being monitored The displayed information gives the exact status of th
207. iteScan 2000 for Windows is a full featured software package designed to monitor critical support equipment The software includes programs which run on a Workstation computer and other programs called Function Blocks FBs which reside in individual control modules The control modules are installed at or near the local point of interface These modules are networked together and usually communicate with the Workstation through a single gateway module normally a SiteGate 232 SiteGate ETH or a DCLAN over telephone lines This combination of software and hardware allows the implementation of a system wide monitoring system Interfacing with SiteScan 2000 for Windows The human operator communicates with each control module network called a CMnet through a Workstation The Workstation software receives information from the modules and processes it so that it can be viewed from the perspective of all locations being monitored a group of buildings in a complex an individual building a floor within that building an individual zone or an individual piece of critical support equipment When the equipment level is reached the operator is communicating directly with the Function Block in the module which is monitoring the displayed equipment This is the most local point of interface and the operator can quickly assess the performance of that particular equipment and take whatever action is required SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide I
208. larm txt fb DRV15 c ss2000 xxx report files for alarms and messages rep xxxalarm txt DRV16 c ss2000 temp reserved for future use DRV17 c ss2000 m68 s19 DRV18 c ss2000 temp reserved for future use The Alert Tab The Alert page displays the most frequently changed settings for Alert Server The settings for Alert Server are grouped into these areas Polling Systems and Miscellaneous Any changes to this page are written to the Logger section of the alc ini file when the settings are saved SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 31 INI Configuration Manager SiteScan Alert Eikon Draw General Polling z GCM Poll Start 1___ Gateway Alarm Trip le GCM Poll End Gateway Alarm Ip GATEWAY New RTC Alarm Check 15 Sustems List File Browse Miscellaneous Historian These settings modify the behavior of Alert Save Exit Figure 5 15 Alert INI settings Polling Section GCM Poll Start This setting defines the first address of a range of DCLANSs which Alert Server monitors and which SiteScan 2000 for Windows checks the identity of when connecting The end of the range is defined by the GCM Poll End setting If none of the GCMPOLL settings are defined only the DCLAN defined as GCMmaster is checked GCM Poll End This setting defines the last address of a range of DCLANs which Al
209. le a digital trend cannot be replaced by an analog trend and an analog trend cannot be replaced by a digital trend even though the digital trend is smaller A non linear analog trend must be replaced by a non linear analog trend etc However unless the module s memory is full memory allocation is transparent to the operator and should not be an issue New Trends and Virtual Modules The concept of virtual modules was developed in order to expand the number of Function Blocks that may exist in Exec 4 x modules Exec 5 x modules do not use virtual modules Virtual modules are essentially used for storing FBs In this method several copies of the module driver are downloaded into a physical real module so that each one can address up to 14 FBs A second method is to download one copy of the real module driver and several copies of UVM Universal Virtual Module driver The UVM driver is smaller than a real module driver thus conserving module memory for the storage of Function Blocks The real module driver must be UVM aware for the second method to apply Note that the allowable number of virtual modules and Function Blocks varies according to the amount of module memory The use of virtual modules in Exec 4 x modules reduces the memory available for New trends but it does not affect Standard trends which are stored by Exec 4 x and Exec 3 x modules in a different memory location To check how many virtual modules are defined in a parti
210. lect Proceed All the parameters matching the options are automatically changed Function Blocks are marked as their parameters are changed 12 To send the changes to the modules select Utilities Download Parameters Marked FBs from the main menu or pick the Download button and select Marked FBs for Parameters 3 24 Activities SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Groups Optional Feature Overview SiteScan 2000 for Windows provides the option of grouping pieces of equipment as a group for scheduling purposes This provides a particular advantage in planning for events which address an entire block of equipment NOTE The Groups and Scheduling features are optional and must be specified at the time of order Group Name ly Cale ERTS View Rename DELTA AIRLINES GENERAL MORTAGE INC GROUP GROUP D GROUP E KA EE Je E al e Figure 3 7 The Groups Page For example a data center may require a UPS room for power a battery room for battery rack common areas for entrances and exits and the backup generators for continuous power The Groups Page displays all of the groups which exist for the current line number see the section Connections Page on page 3 9 Groups are established when the job is designed See your Liebert representative to add new groups Groups can have up to 32 members and groups can belong to other groups SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 25 E E 3
211. lect by FB button All the FBs with that name in the currently connected line number will become selected For information on downloading see the section Downloading Schedules on page 3 49 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 13 Point Help 5 14 e Advanced Topics Overview Point Help is a feature which allows you to more easily define the parameters for Input and Output points on control modules When launched it displays a list of all the points in the Function Block along with certain information about each point Point Help allows you to configure each point according to the kind of input or output device it is wired to by picking from possible selections It also allows you to easily calibrate a point without having to perform difficult calculations Point Help supports all modules having Exec 3 0 or later NOTE Point Help is available only if the pointhlp dll file exists in the SiteScan 2000 for Windows working directory or in the path Dr A a oe RAS M Configure KH Interface Point Exp 1 Chan 20 Offs 0 00 Gain 12 25 Aaa a al al EL Bw e 2 Figure 5 6 The Point Help page SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Point Help Buttons The Point Help page includes several buttons which are defined below NOTE The Calibrate and Configure buttons are disabled if your password level is not equal to or greater than the highest password level of any parameter within the point select
212. lennie rdetee A dida 5 3 The Parameter Page a A ae Seka ewe ea ee 5 5 The Status Page lt A ee TE yeas Suc ein eh SU ES A ete 5 9 Marking 3208 scent ise a tind steak do Alors cae Aaa Dee Ra kee ea AA a os 5 11 OVETVIEW gt ti a ltt sien ented fe reel be Pg bl eek ded bE donee oA cede et Steed ote Meee By 5 11 The Mark Page ii ose tick asthe ie ds 5 11 Pont Help Seri paset s ete hae ee eto A Ree a eh sas Ge Mae acs Patent 5 14 OVEIVIEW mesir 5s Raa o AAA etn het BRE EA era SA 5 14 Pomt Help Buttons envia Adi 5 15 Using Point Help 200 e o be os Sib wets oop eal ates pte a de ed 5 16 Trend Hist ria issii cose RN 5 19 OVERVIEW ad od ad ached pti BA Ge ES Us Rg ie PEN 9 WR A oe BAG 5 19 Trend Historian Buttons 0 cece eee a aaa eee 5 20 Storing Trend Data de ae eS ES 5 22 IND Configuration Manager enim nes ee Ve ites See ST ee Baa Bees eee ee eee 5 23 Overview A Ree Leck Sa Bed A GRR GRE RA SAREE 5 23 The SiteScany Tab vi iois A a A 5 24 The Alert Tab A id da ee ba 5 31 The Eikon Tab doi AA Gia ees 5 34 The Draw Tab ni se iis nt Ae GOR Aaa ha hed A eee A Gad Bae ee 5 34 The General Padi 665 ise vee bk ioe on 5 36 The aleani Files 5ecst ja Gia Sata ae A A we tea tb atk 5 37 OVER Re ON ee a ak ae Ce ee in ore ieee ney Wes a eae Ps 5 37 PS WW SOctlOn si Bali BAe ESA DAS ERIE NA Saha dled Ba GA 5 37 EIKSERVE Section ocio iia is ett a 5 38 TrendHistorian SECO A SAR a eh id ae 5 38 Clocks Software and Hardwar
213. listed only on the Connections Page and does not affect the tab label If an X or Y macro which contains connection information is used in the phone number the Connection Type for the line using the macro should be set to None Specified The Connection Type Section This section allows you to select the mode that SiteScan 2000 for Windows will use to communicate with the selected line This connection type must match a physical connection defined on the Connection Configuration page Otherwise SiteScan 2000 for Windows will display an error and allow you to change the Connection Configuration page when you attempt to connect to a System Modem Connect Use this setting when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects to a System using a modem Direct Connect Use this setting when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects to a System directly through an EIA 232 port on a gateway module SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Direct Network Use this setting when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects to a module using a direct network cable Note that direct network connections cannot be used to receive alarms or to get colors NetBios Use this setting when SiteScan 2000 for Windows connects to a System using the NetBios interface over an Ethernet or Token Ring local area network requires separate purchase of network options for the DCLAN and for the Workstation No Connect Use this setting when you want SiteScan 2000 for Windows to store o
214. lor Index R G B Light Skyblue 116 000 112 208 Light Aqua 176 120 208 192 Medium Skyblue 117 000 088 168 Medium Aqua 177 096 168 152 Dark Skyblue 118 000 064 124 Dark Aqua 178 072 124 112 Very Dark Skyblue 119 000 040 080 Very Dark Aqua 179 044 080 072 Very Light Violet 120 136 000 252 Very Light Light Blue 180 148 188 252 Light Violet 121 112 000 208 Light Light Blue 181 120 156 208 Medium Violet 122 088 000 168 Medium Light Blue 182 096 124 168 Dark Violet 123 064 000 124 Dark Light Blue 183 072 092 124 Very Dark Violet 124 040 000 080 Very Dark Light Blue 184 044 060 080 VAR variable color Very Light Lavender 185 188 152 252 BLACK reserved 64 000 000 000 Light Lavender 186 156 124 208 Black 192 000 000 000 Medium Lavender 187 124 100 168 Dark Grey 191 044 044 044 Dark Lavender 188 092 072 124 Grey 190 060 060 060 Very Dark Lavender 189 060 048 080 6 8 e Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide File Menu Commands New Open Save Ctrl S Save As Redraw Ctri R Print Ctrl P Print Setup Alt F4 Figure 6 2 The File Menu This command begins a new graphic image and clears the Drawing Area If a file is already loaded and you have made any changes since it was last saved a dialog box asks if you are sure If you want to save the file
215. ls over variable colors temp sensors extension lines crossing over variable colors No variable colors are permitted here The Layers dialog box To access the Layers dialog box pick Layers from the main menu The active layer is selectable at the lower left Layers which have objects in them are indicated by a tilde next to the layer number Each layer can be named by double clicking in the Name field Names can be up to 8 characters long and may consist of any character on the keyboard SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Invisible Layers Each layer except the active layer can be made invisible which means that all of the figures in that layer will not appear Invisible layers cannot be edited in any way Making layers invisible is a good way of isolating objects so they can be edited without affecting nearby objects in other layers To make a layer invisible use one of the following methods Pick the box in the I column for each layer to be made invisible The invisible layers are indicated with X s in the I columns e Select each layer to be made invisible by picking its Name field Then pick the Invisible button at the bottom of the dialog box The invisible layers are indicated with X s in the I columns Protected Layers Each layer except the active layer can be protected which means that all of the figures in that layer may not be deleted To protect a layer use one of the following methods
216. message will appear Note that if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected to a System it remains connected while the specified Windows application is running In fact SiteScan 2000 for Windows may close if the Auto Logoff feature is enabled see the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 for more information Example run notepad c mystuff imemot1 txt runmin This command allows you to enter the name of another Windows application which will run while SiteScan 2000 for Windows runs minimized in the background If the program cannot be located an error message will appear Note that if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected to a System it remains connected while the specified Windows application is running In fact SiteScan 2000 for Windows may close if the Auto Logoff feature is enabled Example runmin notepad c mystuffimemo2 txt schedulepurge This command deletes all schedules from the node where the command was issued and from all subordinate nodes SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 5 3 6 Activities Subordinate nodes are those nodes defined in the system hierarchy in the configuration text as being children to the selected parent This means that if the command is issued from the System level all schedules in the system would be deleted This command requires a password level of 8 or higher Use this command with extreme caution set This command allows you to set the values for multiple parameters fr
217. meter Mismatch error see the section SiteScan 2000 for Windows Error Messages on page 8 1 Enabling this setting causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display the error when it occurs This setting should be disabled only for troubleshooting purposes Always Upload Parameters Enabling this setting causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to immediately upload parameters when a Function Block is first displayed This feature is useful for multiple user systems SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 25 Advanced Color Gathering Enabling this setting causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to collect as many colors and prime variables as the gateway module can provide whenever a color is needed for display When drawing the display SiteScan 2000 for Windows collects the colors and prime variables from the computer s internal memory buffers resulting in much faster drawing times When this setting is enabled the batch or serial color setting on the Setup page is ignored although the dynamic refresh time is still valid This setting should be disabled for faster operation over modem connections Fast Search This setting defines whether SiteScan 2000 for Windows loads the system database structure xxxenfig dat into memory for faster retrieval of information When disabled this information is accessed from the hard disk Time Set When this setting is enabled SiteScan 2000 for Windows compares its current time and date with that of the
218. mm Error Module Error Module is halted or not communicating Parameter upload unsuccessful Command cancelled Comm Error No Dial Tone No dial tone present when modem dials Verify phone line dialtone using standard telephone or check dialout modem for problems Comm Error WRU Failed Cannot get system line information from gateway Verify correct gateway setup operation specify proper connection type for all valid lines verify proper connections Command Error Address bad or not found User attempted to go to an address that is not found in the configuration database Retry command using addresses normally found in the configuration database Command Error Illegal command User attempted a command that is not the correct syntax or is not recognized by EMS Retype command using correct syntax or edit graphic to use correct command syntax Command Error Not connected to gateway module User attempted a SETGCM command while not being connected to a gateway module Connect to a gateway module and retry command SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A 8 3 8 4 Appendix A Command Error User attempted an FB function from an area or group level Retry command from an FB level Command Error User attempted to perform FB command from an area level Go to an FB level and retry command Command Error User attempted to perform module command from an area level Go to an FB level and retry command
219. n 2 1 2 2 2 6 3 10 3 12 3 13 9 4 Y Yellow 3 32 5 5 5 9 6 6 Z Zone level 3 43 Index 10 3 10 4 e Index SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Index 10 5 10 6 e Index SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide SITESCAN SS2000W USER S MANUAL A World Leader in Computer Support Systems Environmental Control Power Protection Site Monitoring Control Service Parts Training Liebert Corporation designs manufactures and markets complete systems for improvement of computer uptime and performance The result is improved business operations increased productivity and higher return on the computer investment Liebert Systems provide dependable environmental control electrical power protection centralized monitoring and control and remote monitoring Liebert supports its products with a combination of preventive maintenance emergency repairs depot repairs parts technical assistance and training This approach represents a single source integrated computer support network Based on over three decades of experience and more than 500 000 installations worldwide Liebert is committed to offering the highest quality products and services for applications requiring computer support O Liebert Keeping Business in Business Liebert Corporation Liebert Europe 1050 Dearborn Drive Elgin Drive P O Box 29186 Swindon Columbus OH 43229 Wiltshire SN2 6DX Teleph
220. n by Liebert Site Applications When the prescribed condition for that alarm exists the FB notifies the gateway module which alarm is active and which text number to store The gateway module then contacts Alert Server at the Workstation Each alarm text number is used to create the Alarm ID which is displayed in Alert EL For example an alarm generated from an Alarm microblock using the alarm text number 18 would be received in Alert EL as A18 Similarly a message generated from a Message SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Locks Status Report microblock using the message text number 23 would be received in Alert EL as M23 See Table 4 2 for reserved Alarm IDs When configuring old style alarms avoid using Alarm IDs which have special meaning see the table below For example avoid using A241 through A255 because these Alarm IDs are generated by Exec 4 x modules to represent module level alarms In later versions of Exec these module level Alarm IDs are changeable on the module driver parameter page Table 4 2 Reserved Alarm IDs A241 A246 A251 A242 A247 A252 A243 A248 A253 A244 A249 A254 A245 A250 A255 Locks are conditions where devices are forced to a locked position from an FB Parameter page Since each FB may have more than one point which can be locked the lock is reported simply as Devices are under manual lock To enable this feature for FBs in Exec 3 or Ex
221. n the Trend Graph A tree structure displays for the current line number to which SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected every node s tab label and its address The current area or FB is positioned at the top of the screen and the enabled trends for that FB are listed if any exist Double click on a node to compress or expand the view of that node s subordinate nodes Icons on the Trend Menu indicate the following items E This icon indicates an Area E a rma LE This icon indicates a Function Block EX This icon indicates a Trend Function blocks having enabled Exec 4 x or higher trends are indicated by both the FB icon and the trend icon next to the node tab label A trend must be enabled on the parameter page for it to appear on this list SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 57 3 58 Activities COMPUTER ROOM H DC12 Module L DC4 Module Es GM 1 CM G2 F GM 1 CM 2 GM 1 CM 2 1 1 0 0 gt 1 1 0 0 gt 1 1 6 0 FB Gi Li 1 1 2 1 FB 61 Li TEMP FB Gi Li HUMIDITY pi ul u6 9 GM 1 CM G 2 FB 15 012 1 1 2 15 GM 1 CM 3 FB Gi THM 1 1 3 1 GM 1 CM 3 FB 2 CCM 1 1 3 2 GM 1 CM 3 FB 15 012 1 1 3 15 gt GM 1 CM 4 FB 01 LG2 1 1 4 1 GM 1 CM 4 FB 15 D12 1 1 4 15 GM 1 CM 05 FB 01 L1G 1 1 5 1 GM 1 CM 05 FB 02 L G 1 1 5 2 GM 1 CM 5 FB 15 012 1 1 5 15 GM 1 CM 06 FB 01 LiA 1 1 6 1 gt GM 1 CM 6 FB 15 DC4 1 1 6 15 GM 1 CM FB
222. n the use of module memory See the section Memory Allocation for New Trends on page 3 70 for more information x k ok SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 5 Advanced Topics System Architecture Small Systems The Liebert architecture is designed so that it can support both large and small networks Small networks those using less than 50 monitoring control modules require only a single Gateway Module SiteGate 232 which serves the entire Control Module Network or CMnet Note that only one SiteGate 232 may exist per CMnet z 5 gt 3 ElA 232 Alarm Options A Printer J l J Pager Ea EEE VDT PEN S O S Mainframe Interface ElA 232 ElA 232 andss2000 TA SiteGate 232 or Modem sl 1 5 Tn eau A ElA 422 IGMnet ocal Networ gt e 4 Liebert Air Unit SiteLink DC12i ElA 485 CMnet a Liebert Power Unit m Remo 10 Universal Inputs a Vv I Up to 50 00 0011 010 Control Modules CM Liebert UPS Unit Note SiteLink DC12i uses four Control Module Addresses on the CMnet Figure 5 1 System Architecture Small System SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 1 The SiteGate 232 communicates with the Workstation using a EIA 232 serial communications port Using this port the SiteGate 232 may communicate with th
223. nd these actions e Minimize SiteScan 2000 for Windows this prevents delays while frames are repainted e Close Alert EL this prevents delays while report data is collected Some client applications provide a method of setting the maximum time to wait for the server application to respond We recommend using this feature if it is available When processing DDE transactions SiteScan 2000 for Windows displays a banner stating Processing DDE transactions If the client application issues a command which causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display a different banner the text DDE is displayed at the beginning of the new banner s message These actions are taken so there is some indication that another application is in control NOTE When processing DDE transactions SiteScan 2000 for Windows suspends all user related activity such as dynamic updating manual commands and the pressing of on screen buttons and tab labels Press the Esc key to break a DDE link DDE Links A DDE link must contain the following information 1 Application This identifies the server application For SiteScan 2000 for Windows the application name is EMS 2 Topic This identifies the specific server application file which contains the original data SiteScan 2000 for Windows supports two topics System and Xxx where Xxx stands for the 3 character System ID of the currently connected System You can establish a DDE link with SiteScan
224. ndows The Save File as Type option allows you to save a file in a format that 1s compatible with earlier versions of Draw for Windows Because of the changes introduced in Draw version 2 5 previous versions of Draw cannot edit graphics saved in the new version 2 5 format In addition graphics saved in the new format will not function properly with versions of SiteScan 2000 for Windows prior to 2 5 The Save File as Type option allows you to save a graphic file as a Compatibility 1 Graphic or as a Compatibility 2 Graphic The Compatibility 1 Graphic option saves the file so that it is compatible with versions of Draw for Windows prior to 2 5 However any features in the graphic that are unique to Draw version 2 5 such as fonts or bitmaps will be lost if this option is chosen Fonts will be converted to the closest size using Draw s default wafer font A file saved with this option is compatible with all versions of SiteScan 2000 for Windows The Compatibility 2 Graphic option saves the file so that it is only compatible with Draw and SiteScan 2000 for Windows versions 2 5 and later Graphics saved using this option cannot be edited using Draw versions prior to 2 5 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows e 6 11 SAVE File Name File Name Directories e es2000 dem E gt cS gt ss2000 gt dem fa m68 Save File as Type Drives Compatibility 2 Graphic Frame c 504_conner E Description Fifth floor s
225. ndows User s Guide Display the Parameter page of the FB to be configured Pick the Point Help button or press the Esc key and issue the pointhelp manual command The Point Help page will appear Select the point to be changed Pick the Configure button A pop up will appear displaying only the signal types which are compatible for the module which contains the point Select the type of signal which is wired to the point and press OK to continue or Cancel to abort On the pop up which appears next see Figure 5 9 define the parameter configuration which is appropriate for the point A status line provides helpful information to aid your selections Press OK to continue or Cancel to abort The Point Help page appears displaying updated information about the point Advanced Topics 5 17 8 To download any changes to the module leave the Point Help screen An easy way is to pick the Point Help tab or button 5 18 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Trend Historian Overview NOTE Alert Server is able to store trends in Trend Historian only if the historan dll file exists in the same directory as Alert EL or in the path Trend Historian is enabled only if the historian Y command is set in the Logger section of the alc ini file See the section The Alert Tab on page 5 31 for more information Trend Historian is a separate Windows application which stores trend data for display on the SiteScan 20
226. ne Help program launches and then loads the help file and jumps to the topic which best applies to where help was launched 9 1 Choose Help Index from the main menu or pick the Help NOTE SiteScan 2000 for Windows remains connected to the System when On Line Help is launched 2 To jump to the Help file s list of main topics pick the Contents button 3 To view a different Help file choose File Open from the Help main menu and double click on the desired hlp filename 4 To close the On Line Help program and return to SiteScan 2000 for Windows choose File Exit from the Help main menu FB Help Function Block Help or FB Help is a help file specific to a particular Function Block This feature allows each Function Block to have its own help file xxx hlp file where xxx is the three character Function Block name which can be accessed from within SiteScan 2000 for Windows Help files for module driver Function Blocks are included with SiteScan 2000 for Windows 2 0 or later Contact your dealer for Help files for other Function Blocks FB Help files must be stored in the ss2000 xxx m68 directory where xxx is the three character System name or in the sS2000 m68 directory To access FB Help SHIFT 1 Hold Shift and pick the Help button or press Shift and F1 or issue the FBHelp manual command The On Line Help program launches and then loads the xxx hlp file where xxx is the three character Function Block name NOTE
227. ng options on the Options menu 6 32 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Layer Command PIBGIEIE OOOO v gogogaga Els OOOOOUOOO0O00 OOOOOOOOOOO QOOOOOOQOOOOOUOOUO00 o m QOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO l O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O Active Layer _ Invisible Protected o Deselect All Visible Unprotected Figure 6 21 Layer Dialog Box This command displays the Layer dialog box which is used to determine the status of a layer select a layer and assign attributes to a layer A drawing can consist of figures and text in up to 64 different layers Only one layer at a time is active for drawing and is indicated on the Status line at the bottom of the screen Layers are numbered from 00 to 63 To easily change layers when the Layers dialog box is closed press the key on the numeric keypad to move up a layer or press the key to move down a layer Selecting the correct layer before drawing an object is important because of the way in which SiteScan 2000 for Windows paints a graphic screen When a graphic is displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows all the layers are drawn in sequence Later when a layer is refreshed because of Variable text or Variable color all of the objects SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 33 6 34 e Draw for Windows in that layer are redrawn Because the other layers in the drawing may not have been
228. ng the following command pa module no 15 2 Set the parameter This module should display old style FB trends to Yes This causes every FB in the module to display Standard trends on the Trend Graph rather than New trends 3 Display the Parameter page of the FB for which you want to enable Standard trends 4 Set All Options to Yes 5 All the parameters associated with Standard trends are displayed in the header portion of the FB Parameter page Use these parameters to configure up to two trends for the FB SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The trend is identified by the Trend Code parameter Trend codes must be set to 255 or lower Contact Liebert Site Applications for a specific trend code The Interval parameter allows a minimum of one minute or a maximum of 255 minutes an interval of 24 min x 60 samples 24 hrs If the interval is greater than one minute you may elect to average the data If the Average parameter is enabled a data sample is read each minute and is added to the sum of the samples read since the last average was recorded When the interval has elapsed the total is divided by the interval and that result is recorded NOTE Changing the interval average or trend code parameters causes the module to discard all previous trend data The way the Standard trend graph appears is determined on the FB parameter page by four parameters Origin is the value of the Y axis at the X axis and Y
229. nly the parameters which are not at default Activities e 3 37 Status Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking Status causes SiteScan 2000 a for Windows to print a text only version of an FB s status page This feature applies to every FB which exists at a lower level in the system s parental structure from where the selection is made For example if this selection is made at the area level then status data for all of the FBs under that area are printed However 1f the selection is made at the system level then status data for all the FBs in the system are printed Note that this feature prints the data as it currently exists in the module If you want the status data as it appears on a screen you must perform a Utilities Print Graphics for each screen FB List Selecting Utilities Print from the main menu or selecting the Print button displays the Print pop up Picking FB List causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print a list of FBs which exist at a lower level in the System s parental structure from where the selection is made The list includes each FB s address and the status of its prime variable For example if this selection is made at the area level then only the FBs under that area are listed However if the selection is made at the system level then all the FBs in the System are listed according to their position in the system s parental structure
230. not be loaded directly into Draw for Windows To transfer an older symbol into Draw for Windows load the symbol into Draw for DOS Unpack it and Save it as a bin file Next Import the bin file into Draw for Windows and Save it as a gfx file or issue the Edit Copy to command to save it as a symbol with a SY M extension Paste Selected Symbol From File Name Directories c draw E gt cS 3 draw List Files of Type Drives Symbol Files SYM c 504_conner E Figure 6 14 Paste From 6 24 e Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Selection Menu Commands This menu contains the commands which have to do with selecting or deselecting objects Use this menu to identify or hide the origins of individual or multiple objects Select Every object has an origin which is used to select the object For most objects the origin is the starting point For text objects the origin is located on the left side of the baseline When an object is selected the origin appears as a small white box The hot keys for the Select functions are associated with F9 Selection Select Objects F9 All Shite Figure 6 15 Selection Menu To select one or more objects 1 2 3 Pick Select from the Selection menu Pick Objects from the Select sub menu Position the cursor within the borders of the object s to be selected Press the left mouse button to select the object OR 1 Pick Select from
231. ns using DDE e Query for parameter and status values The parameter or status code obtain using the Alt Pick feature described in the Parameter Page section must be referenced as the item name and the current System ID must be used as the topic name the item and topic are described under DDE Links Status queries are successful if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected to the System containing the data e Execute manual commands These should be restricted to navigation and to simple parameter changes see the section Manual Commands on page 3 1 for more information Although this action is supported under both the sytem topic and the XXX topic use of the manual command system xxx is supported only under the system topic When requesting a DDE link using the topic name of XXX the topic name must agree with the System ID of the System to which SiteScan 2000 for Windows is connected in order for the DDE link to succeed The DDE link will fail 1f you change Systems inside SiteScan 2000 for Windows while a DDE link is open under an XXX topic SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide SiteScan 2000 for Windows can also report back using the system topic the status of whether it is ready or is too busy to complete a requested transaction A busy status may occur for example if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is updating a frame or is collecting alarms or other report data To avoid a busy status and for faster data exchange we recomme
232. nstallation diskette used for this installation contains a software license for another product Attempt to re install the software using the original distribution diskettes The product license has become invalid Either an attempt to use a different Authorization Code was made or the license files have been moved Please reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license The software license was invalidated either because the software license files were moved or deleted or because an Authorization Code for a different site was entered during registration Re install the software to correct the problem A new Authorization Code must be obtained to re register the license after installation The software license cannot be transferred due to the transfer preparation files in the source location are missing or have been altered This message indicates that the diskette or network drive being used to transfer a software license was not prepared using the Prepare License Transfer Disk option This message may also occur if the diskette or network drive has been damaged or the preparation files have been moved If the license has already been transferred from the SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A 8 17 original computer then you must install the software on the new computer using the original distribution diskettes Once the software is installed you must obtain an Authorization
233. ntirely by the Liebert engineer who makes the GFB in order to meet a sequence of operation NOTE The GFB logic i e arrangement of a GFB s microblocks and wires cannot be changed on the Live GFB screen Call the Liebert Site Products Application Department for this purpose The Live GFB feature is similar to the simulation feature of Eikon The simulator is a handy feature of Eikon which allows the Liebert engineers creating a GFB to test its operation The main difference is that the Live GFB feature can display real dynamically updated data while the Eikon simulator displays only calculated values Dynamic updating is suspended if the graphic frame is not visible For example if another Windows application partially covers the frame dynamic updating still occurs But if the frame is completely covered or if SiteScan 2000 for Windows is minimized dynamic updating is suspended SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 29 3 30 e Activities Ea EA Figure 3 10 The Live GFB screen colors inverted for display reasons In SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser a changeable FB level screen may be in use by another user when you attempt to display it For example another user may be displaying a Parameter page when you try to access the Live GFB for that same Function Block You will be notified by a Parameters Lockout Advisory error if this occurs and you cannot change any part of that FB until the other us
234. ntroduction e 2 1 2 2 e Introduction Workstation Software Different versions of workstation software are available SiteScan 2000 for Windows Single User Supports all standard features including multiple CMnets and a high resolution dynamic color graphics package with pop up menus and windowing capabilities Alert Live GFBs and Trend Historian are also supported SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser Supports all standard features including the capability for multiple users to access the System files simultaneously SS2W Supports most standard features Does not support Live GFBs Trend Historian network shared files or area level graphics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Minimum Requirements Because SiteScan 2000 for Windows is designed to run under the Windows environment certain hardware and software requirements must be met as described below Minimum Software Requirements MS DOS 5 0 or higher Microsoft Windows 3 1 or later see the section Windows Considerations on page 2 4 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows Install Recommended Network Protocols NetBEUI TCP IP Minimum Hardware Requirements 80386 or 80486 IBM PC AT compatible 80486 66 MHz VESA local bus recommended 8 megabytes RAM 540 Mb hard drive Microsoft mouse 101 key keyboard VGA card which supports a resolution of 640x480 pixels with 256 simultaneous colors under Windows VESA local bus recommend
235. numbers default to the next available number Numbers are limited to 1 16 For Serial Ports it is unlikely that a number greater than 4 is valid except where special serial hardware drivers are installed NOTE DCLANs store alarms generated from Alert microblocks on consoles 1 4 only 6 3 18 e Activities Select OK to save the changes or Cancel to abort Figure 3 5 The Add Connection pop up SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide To Delete a Connection 1 Select Utilities Connections from the main menu or pick the Utilities button followed by the Connections ETC option 2 Pick Configure Connections in the lower right corner of the pop up 3 Select the connection in the Connections section to be deleted 4 Pick the Delete button A pop up will ask if you are sure you want to delete this device 5 Pick Yes to continue or No to abort Parameters This section of the Connection Configuration Page identifies the device parameters which are associated with the connection currently selected in the left box The items in this section affect only the connection currently selected and can be changed only when the Active button is enabled for that connection The Device parameter specifies the type of device associated with the connection currently selected Because this parameter corresponds to hardware devices connected to a computer port it should not be changed unless a wire is physically moved A new device
236. nvalid Channel No User attempted to obtain trend from channel that does not exist in FB Rerun command using proper syntax Trend Point not in FB User attempted to obtain trend from point that does not exist in FB Rerun command using proper syntax Trend Upload Error The specified trend could not be uploaded because of communications problems Disconnect reconnect and retry the operation Trend Upload Error The specified trend could not be uploaded because of communications problems Retry the operation or verify module communications Trend Error Invalid Channel No User attempted to obtain trend from channel that does not exist in FB Rerun command using proper syntax Trend Error Point not in FB User attempted to obtain trend from point that does not exist in FB Rerun command using proper syntax Trend Error Channel 41 expander 0 DAMPER not trending Change Trend parameter for trend point to YES or free up module memory by setting Trend parameter for unneeded trend points to NO Trend Error CM 8 FB 2 Expander 0 Channel 41 DAMPER has an invalid trend Trend Error Problem CM 8 FB 2 Expander 0 Channel 41 DAMPER not trending Suggestions Change Trend parameter for trend point to YES or free up module memory by setting Trend parameter for unneeded trend points to NO Trend Error The trend custom beginning time must be less than the trend custom ending time Change the beginn
237. ny time by selecting Utilities Print Trends from the main menu or selecting the Print button and the Trends option However the output varies according to the type of trend which is active for the module refer to the appropriate procedure below To manually print Trend data for New trends NOTE This procedure can be performed only on Exec 4 x modules 1 Configure the New trends according to the procedure Using New Trends on page 3 69 2 Select Utilities Manual from the main menu or select the Ke Manual Command button or press the Esc key Display the module driver Parameter page FB 15 by entering the following command pa module no 15 3 Set All Options to Yes 4 Set the parameter This module should display old style FB trends to No This causes every FB in the module to display New trends rather than Standard trends 5 At the desired FB select Utilities Print from the main menu or select the Print button to display the Print pop up Picking Trends causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display a screen with all available trended points for the current line number Only points having their Trend parameter enabled and a channel number defined appear on the list The tab label will display Print Trends 6 Select the trend to be printed by clicking on the point name Choose Accept to print The trend data is printed as a table of up to 288 data samples stored since the trend s interval parameter
238. o the workstation depends on how often the trend alarm is tripped It can be tripped as often as desired when the FB is constructed in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications Ree ief ze not ERE Figure 4 3 Sample logic included in an FB to generate a Trend Report The sample logic in the above figure trips the trend alarm when the user defined duration is evenly divisible into the module s current time This sample sends a Trend Report every two hours The parameter text for this logic is defined in the Time Parameter microblock as shown in Figure 4 4 4 8 Alarms and Reports SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Figure 4 4 Time Parameter microblock with the proper parameter text for the logic shown in Figure 4 3 It is important to remember that Trend Historian may contain gaps in the recorded data if the trend alarm is not tripped often enough Please note the information and the example listed below interval Amount of time between samples e duration Total time that it takes from the time the first sample is collected to the time that the last sample is collected This is the total amount of time that it takes to collect 288 samples of data interval x 288 duration When Trend Historian is not used the Trend Report can be sent once a day at a user defined time depending on your needs Minute Trends where interval gt 1 min Say that you want to set up a trend on an AI with an interval of
239. oblock which can be modified by one who enters at the appropriate password level on the Function Block parameter page Point Help A feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows which helps the entry of parameters for Input and Output points by displaying a list of possible choices based on the module type and type of I O signal It can also be used to calculate and calibrate the offset and gain parameters Runtime The amount of time that a piece of equipment is running This information can be accumulated and compared against a user defined limit When the limit is exceeded a message can be generated SiteScan 2000 for Windows A full featured software package designed specifically for monitoring critical equipment and runs on a Workstation It features high resolution dynamic color graphics with pickable windows and pull down menus System A term used to identify an installation of control modules by a three character name Each System has its own subdirectory under cAss2000 which contains all of the files specific to that System Trend Historian A feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows which stores New trend information gathered by Alert Server in a database so that it can be seamlessly retrieved and displayed on the Trend Graph Virtual Module A portion of a physical real module s memory that has been reallocated in order to expand the number of Function Blocks which may exist in that physical module Like a real module a virtu
240. odes Subordinate nodes are those nodes defined in the system hierarchy in the configuration text as being children to the selected parent This means that if the command is issued from the system level all schedules in the system would be deleted Use this command with extreme caution SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 43 NOTE The Operator Activity Recorder see the section Setup Page on page 3 53 can be used to determine details about schedule changes including who what when old and new To Examine Schedules 1 Choose View Edit Schedules from the main menu or pE pick the Schedule button The Schedule Page will display a the schedules which exist in the Workstation for the current level The current level is identified by the tab directly above the SCHEDULES tab in the upper left corner of the screen OR 2 Choose View Edit Schedule Graph from the main menu or pick the Schedule Graph button The screen will graphically display all schedules which exist in the Workstation and in the module s for the current level Any differences are indicated as Inconsistent The Schedule Graph The Schedule Graph allows you to graphically compare all of the schedules which exist in the Workstation and in the module s for the current level Any differences are indicated as Inconsistent Schedules cannot be modified on this screen only viewed 12a 4a 8a 12p 4p Sp 12a TUE AA AA a 22 Dec Unoccupied
241. odules module drivers Function Blocks Digital trends and Analog trends Exec 4 x modules may trend up to 50 points per module real or virtual although a module may not be able to trend all 50 points depending on how its available memory is used The number of trends in Exec 5 x modules is limited only by the amount of free memory Not all trends use the same amount of memory Analog trends use more memory than digital trends Non linear analog trends thermistors use twice as much memory as linear analog trends 4 20 mA sensors When a trend is enabled on the parameter page and the change is downloaded to the module a portion of the module s memory is allocated for that trend In Exec 4 x modules the memory allocated for a trend cannot change size after it is initially allocated without clearing the module s memory by zapping the module Exec 5 x modules dynamically allocate memory so zapping the module to reallocate SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide memory is unnecessary Exec 5 x modules also store trends in non volatile memory so the data is not lost when the module is powered down or zapped NOTE Zapping or powering down an Exec 3 x or Exec 4 x module causes any stored trend data to be lost and causes any equipment controlled by the module to shutdown and restart In Exec 4 x modules unless the module is zapped or powered down trend memory can only be freed and reallocated by the same type of trend For examp
242. oftware onto the computer using the original distribution diskettes Once the software is installed you must obtain an Authorization Code and register the software license This site cannot receive the license because the temporary license files are either missing or damaged The license files on the interim transfer location have been erased or corrupted and the transfer cannot be completed Install the software on the new computer using the original distribution diskettes Once the software is installed you must obtain an Authorization Code and register the software license This site cannot receive the license because the temporary license location contains an imprint that is either too old or does not match this site The transfer cannot be completed because the interim transfer location was prepared too long ago or was prepared on another computer Attempt the entire transfer process again or install the software on the new computer using the original distribution diskettes If the software 1s installed using the distribution diskettes you must obtain an Authorization Code and register the software license This site could not receive the license because the main license file could not be transferred Please insure that the main license file exists in the source location and that the destination drive is accessible before retrying This message may occur if the main license file is moved from the diskette or network drive u
243. okmark Adds the title of the topic or a name you menu type to the Bookmark menu so you can display that topic by choosing its name from the menu Index button Displays the Help Index Back button Displays the previous topic you looked at so you can backtrack through the Help screens SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table 2 2 Help Commands and Buttons Search button Displays a dialog box where you can type keywords or select keywords to search for related Help topics If you type a keyword and Help finds no match the program displays the topics that are closest in alphabetical order SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction 2 29 Button Identification HE n 5S CHARME 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 These are the buttons which can be displayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows Some buttons however can be displayed only when certain conditions exist You can use the menu manual command to swap between displaying the SiteScan 2000 for Windows screen with the main menu or with the buttons at the bottom of the screen Also the menu line in the alc ini file defines whether SiteScan 2000 for Windows opens by displaying the main menu or the buttons The default is no which displays the buttons BUTTONS Manual Command Print Status Page Parameter Page Upload Download reserved for future use Trends reserved for future use O
244. olling much faster To edit by Picking from a Menu Most items on a scroll box can be selected by picking them from a menu To make the menu appear double click on the item to be edited but do not release the mouse button To select a menu item release the mouse button when the mouse cursor is over the desired item The new value appears in the scroll box To abort picking the new menu item release the mouse button when the mouse cursor is away from the menu SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide To Add a Schedule contact Liebert Site Applications 1 Determine the most efficient point within SiteScan 2000 for Windows to enter the schedule Schedules are effective for all the zones which are at or below the level at which the schedule is entered 2 Select View Edit Schedules from the main menu or pE pick the Schedule button The Schedule Page will appear 3 Pick Add in the upper right of the Schedule Page The Schedule pop up will appear 4 Select the type of schedule you wish Normal Holiday Overide Normal is the default 5 Select the time of day in the From hh mm field the schedule is to begin See section Using the Schedule Pop up on page 3 45 for more information 6 Select the date in the From dd mmm yy field the schedule is to begin NOTE Selecting ND no date in the the dd mmm yy field causes the date to be replaced with dashes making the schedule independent from a start date an end date or b
245. ollowed by a zero and the phone number not a one and the phone number like the 1 800 access codes Here are some of the most common used e AT amp T 10288 e MCI 10222 e Sprint 10333 Example Line Number 1 Modem Connect Com1 9600 baud Phone no 9XY total characters 7 because MC14 is appended X Macro 1028807778889999 total characters 18 uses the AT amp T code Y Macro 123456789012345 total characters 15 sample credit card no Total number of characters 40 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 11 Site Name The second column of the Connections Page lists the site name which is assigned when the job is designed This name may describe the site in more detail than what may appear in the tab label and can be changed without affecting the tab label Time Zone The third column of the Connections Page indicates in which time zone the site is located The time zone may be displayed as one of the four North American time zones or as a number representing the GMT Offset GMT stands for Greenwich Mean Time These selections may be changed on the Edit Connection pop up and range from 12 to 12 For the correct GMT Offset for your area contact a nearby weather installation or government office The Timeset Feature If the Timeset feature is enabled see the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 then whenever the Workstation connects to a gateway module the Workstation compar
246. om anywhere in the system If the command is successful the parameters are downloaded to the FB s see the dlpause and dlunpause commands If an affected FB s frame is being displayed when the command is issued it is updated immediately Multiple parameters can be changed as long as the length of the command does not exceed the maximum of 255 characters The syntax for the command string is as follows set lt expression gt lt value gt where set fbid xxx xxxx e fbid This is the node ID name from the configuration text used only if the value exists in a different FB e xxx xxxx This is the variable MBcode or Field ID for the parameter being edited e This is the new analog or digital value whichever is appropriate for the parameter Example set m017 lim 16 25 Sets the parameter in the current FB to the value 16 25 Example set 24h15_1 flow ovr y z4h15_1 flow ovs on For the FB having an FBID of z4h15_1 this command locks the fan status digital input to on For information about using command strings in graphics see the section The Pickable Window Function on page 6 47 setgcm This command downloads the following information to the gateway module Workstation telephone number located on the Connections Page Maxnet three character System ID and Connections Page line number setup This command displays the SiteScan 2000 for Windows Setup page which contains basic operational features The Setup page requi
247. om changing the same Function Block or other part of the program at the same time When this occurs you are notified by a pop up which indicates that it is being used by someone else This could happen when you attempt one of the following actions e Display an FB Parameter page Live GFB or Point Help page e Perform a Global Modify e Modify schedules e Modify a setpoint on the Setpoint Graph e Change the members of a Group e Update configuration text e Display the Connections page Passwords page or Setup page SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The Parameter Page The Parameter page is where the FB stores its configuration settings for the various blocks of program code called microblocks which make up the Function Block Many users have set a standard policy to always upload parameters before making any changes to automate this function see the Always Upload Parameters command in the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 Any changes which have been made to the Parameter page are automatically downloaded immediately when you leave the page The Parameter page may be displayed with any level password but how it may be changed depends on the user s password level As the password level increases so does the number of parameters that can be changed Those parameters appearing in blue may be changed by the user Parameters appearing in yellow are password protected and may not be changed by the user The password lev
248. ome from Trend Historian but the display is seamless The Reset button Pressing this button causes the Trend Graph to reset every graph to its original display The X axis is reset to the scale specified on the Timespan pop up and the Y axis is reset to the default values specified on the parameter page The Timespan button Pressing this button allows you to specify the age of the data that you wish to view Changing the Timespan and pressing the Reset button forces the currently uploaded data to fit in the X axis scale that you specify Changing the Timespan and pressing the Again button causes the Trend Graph to upload the necessary data from the module s Trend Historian or both To view a trend which has data samples which were stored with different trend intervals you must use the Timespan button Trend Historian must be running for SiteScan 2000 for Windows to access the stored data NOTE The custom Timespan settings can only be used to access Trend Historian data Use the Last minute hour day week month or currently in module settings to access module data SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities 3 63 3 64 e Activities BERTIE 2 Lo USA LE 2ep 23 4_ 2 10 Figure 3 22 The Trend Time Span pop up Trend Graph Output Pressing the Output button on the Trend Graph allows you to output the displayed trend data to a printer or to a file either as a graphic or as text Figure 3 23 The Tren
249. one 614 888 0246 United Kingdom Facsimile 614 841 6022 Telephone 441 793 553 355 Facsimile 441 793 553 400 While every precaution has been taken to ensure accuracy and completeness in this manual Liebert Corporation assumes no responsibility and disclaims all liability for damages resulting from use of this information or for any errors or omissions 1998 Liebert Corporation All rights reserved throughout the world Specifications subject to change without notice Liebert and the Liebert logo are registered trademarks of Liebert Corporation Printed in U S A SL 27091 11 98 50 60
250. onstructed in Eikon are referred to as Graphic Function Blocks GFBs Gain A parameter which a Function Block multiplies with an analog I O value in order to convert the signal into desired units e g mA to deg F Gain is used together with the Offset parameter for point calibration The Point Help feature can be used to easily calculate this parameter Gateway Module A communications interface DCLAN or SiteGate 232 whose primary purpose is to act as a communications link between the control module network s and the Workstation s 9 2 e Glossary of Terms SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Graphic An image file used to display information about certain items in a system A graphic typically combines dynamic text and colors with artistic renderings to create a tasteful and friendly display of large amounts of information Graphic files are created using Draw for Windows and can be associated with areas equipment or modules Group A node to which other nodes such as Function Blocks individual zones or floors or even other groups may be associated for scheduling purposes Hierarchy The structure of a system which usually mimics the structure of the building being monitored Each system in this hierarchy is organized into areas which may contain other areas or pieces of equipment The hierarchy determines how a user will progress through the system Live GFB A feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows which displays
251. orts Old style alarms and messages cannot return to normal Therefore an old style alarm will remain in the Active state in Alert EL until all its requirements if any are fulfilled and it is closed Old style alarms and messages cannot transmit latched data or time input overrides from the FB Old style alarms and messages cannot be designated as non critical and are treated as critical by default Alarm and Message microblocks are not supported by modules containing Exec 5 x or later firmware To configure a Function Block having old style alarms so that an alarm condition will be reported to the Workstation bring up the FB s parameter page At the top of the page is displayed Alarms enabled followed by eight dashes representing the eight alarm flags To the right is displayed Text followed by eight numbers The leftmost dash corresponds to the leftmost number the second dash corresponds to the second number and so on The following alarm or message positions are reserved Table 4 1 Reserved alarm and message positions Bit counting from left to right Reserved for alarm Points under manual lock message Runtime expired message FB error message Daily trend report message Daily status report To enable an alarm change the appropriate dash to an X and enter a corresponding text number for that flag The initial alarm flag settings are configured when the FB is made in Eiko
252. ory error if this occurs and you cannot access the Schedules Page until the other user is finished with it See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information Efficient Scheduling The first step to efficient scheduling is to determine the most efficient point within the system to enter the schedule If a schedule is entered at the System level that schedule will be put into effect at all buildings and zones within the whole System This is advantageous in situations such as a special holiday which affects all the buildings in a System If a schedule is entered at a Area level it affects all zones within that area only from a Zone or Equipment level it affects only that zone or specific piece of equipment from a Group level it affects just those pieces of equipment which are in the group NOTE Schedulable Function Blocks which are optional at time of order can have 16 dated schedules 2 undated schedules equals 1 dated schedule The schedules displayed on the Schedule Page exist only in the workstation These may be different from the schedules which exist in the module s If more than one person can download schedules we advise uploading schedules before making any changes Then when you download schedules you will not inadvertently overwrite someone else s schedules The schedulepurge manual command can be used to delete all schedules from the node where the command was issued and from all subordinate n
253. oth It is good practice to enter the starting time and date on all schedules even if they are to be continuous This provides a record of when the schedule was entered If you want a Continuous schedule to be undated it must run from 12 00 a m to 12 00 a m 7 Select the time of day in the To hh mm field the schedule is to end 8 Select the date in the To dd mmm yy field the schedule is to end See above note 9 Select the days of the week when the schedule is to be in effect If the schedule is to run around the clock from the starting time and date to the ending time and date select Continuous Schedules must be Continuous or have at least one day of the week entered NOTE Holiday schedules should always be defined as Continuous instead of daily because the latter could possibly allow runtime for periods where the Holiday schedule s starting and ending times do not match the Normal schedule SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 47 3 48 e Activities 10 Review the schedule you have just completed Select OK to 11 add the schedule to the list or select Cancel to abort Once added to the list a schedule can be modified or deleted as necessary A schedule will not become effective until it is downloaded into the module s When a schedule is downloaded it will become effective immediately for all the zones which are at or below the level at which the schedule is entered See section Downloading
254. ou attempt to display it You will be notified by a Lockout Advisory error if this occurs and you cannot access global modify until the other user is finished with it We recommend using global modify when there are no other users in the System See the section Navigating the System on page 2 18 for more information Global Modify Options FB Type This field indicates the name of the Function Block s whose parameters you wish to change Question marks can be used as wild cards to specify more than one type of FB For example if you wanted to change one or more Z4H Function Blocks you would enter Z4H But if you wanted to change every Function Block which ended with an H you would enter H Field ID This field indicates the internal code for the parameter to be changed Every parameter within an FB has a unique Field ID part of which is the MBcode which is displayed on a pop up when a non digital parameter is picked on the parameter page or when any parameter is picked while holding the Alt key The Field ID field automatically displays the code for the last parameter that was picked while the Alt key was pressed New Value This field indicates the value which will replace the existing parameter value For example to change a setpoint from 74 to 76 degrees enter the value 76 here If you want to increment the existing setpoint by a certain amount you must follow the required syntax displayed on the parameter page For example to
255. ou want to abort the installation process before it is complete you can pick the Exit button in the lower right at any time However if the install is not finished using this button prevents the setup program from deleting any temporary files that it may have created on your computer You must complete the installation process before you can run the software If the installation is for an upgrade from a version prior to SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 5 the hardware key must be installed on the parallel port or the installation cannot be completed NOTE The setup program will overwrite any existing files having the same filename and a file date older than what is included on the install disks NOTE If this is not a new installation be sure to retain the install disks from the previous version Client Server Installations In a client server installation the software files are stored on a network file server where other workstations clients can access them Only SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser can be installed as a client We recommend using only a dedicated file server in client server installations This means that the computer where the files are stored cannot be used as a workstation To install the files on the server you may run the setup program at the server or at a client We recommend running the install at a client because the setup program can setup both the server and the client from there Next install the software on ea
256. ource Location System Files Alert Files Historian Files Destination Location ASS Browse Erase Disk Before Backup Span Disks Multi o lume gt QUIT Figure 7 6 The Backup Utility Utility Applications e 7 7 7 8 Utility Applications The following types of files can be backed up with this utility System files Includes all files except for rep files and all subdirectories The backup file is named Xxx_sysd zip where XXX is the three character name of the selected System ID The default Source location is specified by the DRV3 drive mapping Alert database files Includes amsdb files and if it exists the cfmcfg dat file The backup file is named alertdb zip The default Source location is specified when Alert is installed Trend Historian database files Includes histdb files The backup file is named histdb zip The default Source location is specified by the Set Path option in Trend Historian Each file type selected requires a separate set of backup disks if a floppy drive is specified as the destination If a hard disk is specified the backup files are all stored in the specified destination directory The locations of the Source files can be specified on the right after the file types are selected Note that the Backup System Files selection also backs up all subdirectories The destination options for Erase Disks and Span Disks function only when a floppy dri
257. patible only with DCLAN V2 9 or higher and it requires that New RTC setting be enabled Livegfbtimeout 20 This setting defines the number of quarter second intervals that SiteScan 2000 for Windows waits for a Function Block to send its microblock output values for display on a Live GFB The default is 20 which yields a time of 5 seconds This feature is useful for Function Blocks which require longer amounts of time to gather data such as FBs running on some third party interfaces Replywaitseconds 2 This setting defines the number of seconds that SiteScan 2000 for Windows waits for a character in reply after attempting to communicate over a connection If a reply is not received in this time SiteScan 2000 for Windows may try again or give up depending on the type of information needed and the number of unsuccessful attempts Tabwidth 176 Tabheight 10 These settings define the size of the tabs which appear on the upper left corner of each frame International users may find it necessary to adjust SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 37 these settings after changing the font used on the tabs and Function Block parameter and status pages see the font setting in the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 EIKSERVE Section LibraryFile path This setting locates the eikon lib file which defines the microblock icons microblock pop ups and menu bars for the Live GFB screen The default path is c ss2000 eikon l
258. ppears to be offand is inhibting access to this key Please turn the printer on before continuing The upgrade program could not access the hardware key because a printer attached to the key was turned off Disconnect the printer or turn the printer on to continue the upgrade This product s main license file cannot be accessed Please try again This error may occur if the main license file could not be read for some reason Retry the operation If this message persists contact Technical Support This product s main license file cannot be located Please restore the license file or reinstall the software to try to correct the problem This error may occur if the main software license file is moved or deleted To resolve the problem restore the software license file from the first installation diskette or re install the software using the original distribution diskettes A new Authorization Code will need to be obtained to re register the license This product s main license file has been replaced with a license file after installation and has invalidated the software license Please reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes to obtain a valid license The main software license file was overwritten with a license file from a different product or installation Re install the software from the distribution diskettes The software license must be re registered and a new Authorization Code must be obtained
259. precision piece of equipment your Workstation should function properly for a long time Like most computers it is practically impossible to damage the computer and accessories by making incorrect entries from the keyboard Also like most computers the software it contains can very easily be damaged or destroyed by making incorrect entries from the keyboard Because of this you should backup your System files on a regular basis and store the backup floppies in a secure place away from the Workstation Precautions Since the heart of your Workstation is an IBM compatible computer operating on Microsoft Windows there are many third party software programs which will operate on the Workstation computer There is no SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 25 How to use Help 2 26 e Introduction problem with running these programs so long as the following cautions are observed Caution No 1 Do not add files to the ss2000 directory or its sub directories Reason The files in these directories are specifically for SiteScan 2000 for Windows operation and may be unique to a particular version of the software When version updates are necessary 1ss2000 and any subdirectories except System files are subject to be replaced by a version update or a supplemental disk update If you have added files to these directories they may be overwritten Caution No 2 Be particularly careful when using DOS commands especiall
260. program allows you to transfer your software license to another computer The transfer process will remove the license from the existing computer and install it on the new computer Note that after the license is transferred to a different computer the original computer will no longer be able to run SiteScan 2000 for Windows Double click the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration icon to display the License Administration pop up gt SiteScan 2000 License Administration Immediate authorization of SiteScan 2000 can be obtained by calling us at 800 746 7440 M F 8 00am 5 00pm Eastern Time Serial Number 1017ROXBD Site Code D761 8F71 GAFE FBE 01 Acce Authosdzation Transfer License To Disk repao license Transies Disk Heceive License From Disk Unregistered Figure 2 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration pop up SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The following restrictions apply to transferring the SiteScan 2000 for Windows software license A license cannot be transferred before the software has been registered and an Authorization Code has been obtained To use SiteScan 2000 for Windows on a different computer before the software has been registered use the original distribution diskettes to re install SiteScan 2000 for Windows on the other computer A license can only be transferred to a computer that does not have a valid license If a license must be transferred to a compute
261. puter Click OK or press Enter 10 At this point the setup program begins At the Welcome dialog box select one of the following e Install to install the software program files with a new unregistered license This option should only be used for a new installation or for an upgrade from a version prior to V2 5 See the section Software License on page 2 11 about registering your license e Install w o License to install the software program files without installing a new software license This option should be used when a license is already installed on the computer i e when upgrading from SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 5 or higher or when transferring a license from another computer See the section Software License on page 2 11 for more information about transferring a license SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 7 2 8 e Introduction 11 12 View Product Options to view information about the product being installed e Quit to exit the installation If a valid SiteScan 2000 for Windows software license is detected on the computer and the Install option is chosen a verification message will appear The Install option will overwrite a valid license that already exists on the computer with a new license that must be re registered If the computer already has a valid SiteScan 2000 for Windows license use the Install w o License option If the product being installed is a Multiuser product t
262. r The hot key for this command is F2 e The foreground color is selected with the left mouse button The background color is selected with the right mouse button The background color defaults to solid black if one is not selected Background colors are visible only for broken lines text and fill patterns NOTE Always select the proper layer before drawing an object See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 17 6 18 e Draw for Windows Move This command moves individual or multiple objects to different positions on the screen The hot key for this command is F3 To move individual figures l Ze Pick Move from the Edit menu Position the cursor within the borders of the object to be moved Hold down the left mouse button and drag the object to the new position Release the left mouse button to leave the object in the new location or press the Escape key to abort To move multiple figures 1 Select each object to be moved see the section Selection Menu Commands on page 6 25 Pick Move from the Edit menu 3 Position the cursor anywhere in the Drawing Area Copy Hold down the right mouse button and drag the objects to the new position The objects will move relative to the position of the cursor Release the right mouse button to leave the objects in the new location or press the Escape key to abor
263. r Variable text Finally save the drawing as a gfx file and recompile the configuration text NOTE The standard layers for variable text are 46 61 Variable text cannot be used in layer 00 or 63 A Variable Text string is composed of two elements Field Width and Text Expression The Field Width defines the string for the Draw environment It allows you to reserve enough physical space in the graphic for the runtime strings to display without overwriting other graphic elements The Text Expression defines what will be displayed in the SiteScan 2000 for Windows runtime environment It can be either a simple or conditional expression A simple text expression is used to display a single value such as a point value A conditional text expression is used to select among a group of strings based on a status value SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 49 Simple Expressions In the examples below FBID is the node ID name from the configuration text used only if the value exists in a different FB XXXX is the MBcode defined in Eikon and S indicates a status value P would represent a parameter value The code for parameter or status values may vary between microblocks To determine the correct code for a parameter or status value use the Alt Pick feature of SiteScan 2000 for Windows see the section The Parameter Page on page 5 5 Example 1 In this example we want to display the current status of an an
264. r Windows User s Guide Build M68 This utility searches the configuration text for the specified System ID and copies the necessary Function Block files from the Source directory to the Destination directory Ifa file already exists a pop up allows you to specify whether to overwrite the file see the cautions below CAUTION Before using the Build M68 utility we recommend using the Backup amp Restore utility to backup the System files for both the Source System and the Destination System Utilities Loc Ls C ss2eee Mes C ss26 LDC M63 Figure 7 4 The Build M68 Utility This utility could be used for example to copy Function Block files from one custom M68 to another from the master M68 to a custom M68 or from a custom M68 to the master M68 CAUTION This utility allows you to overwrite Function Block files in the Destination directory with Function Block files from the Source directory Problems could arise if there are modules on the System that are near or at their memory limits if the new FB files require more memory than is available For this reason we recommend using the FB fit utility before using the Build M68 utility SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utility Applications 7 5 FB Fit 7 6 e Utility Applications Overview This program determines whether the specified Function Blocks from the master or custom M68 directory will fit into the specified module It supports both Exec 3 and
265. r each installation as each job is designed It is used as the first number of the four part FB address Up to 150 sites can be defined for each System The Workstation Connection The third line is where the Workstation telephone number is assigned This is the number which is downloaded to the gateway module when the setgecm command is issued If the Workstation telephone number ever changes you must change this line and reissue the setgem command If you do not wish the gateway module to contact the Workstation for example when you are Direct Connected enter this number on the Edit Connection pop up as a space then a dash followed by a few characters Example nodial NOTE If the Workstation is modem connected or direct connected select None Specified for the Workstation s Connection Type To configure the Workstation for a NetBios connection i e the Workstation is connected directly to an LGnet see the section NetBios Connections on page 3 13 Using Macros The X and Y lines are provided as macros for storing connection information which is common to multiple lines After the macros have been defined they can be placed in the Phone Number field for one or more lines Each macro can be used to store prefixes to telephone numbers such as area codes discount phone service numbers modem commands etc or even to define alternate connection information This method provides a convenient way to reconfigure many lines b
266. r that already has a valid license for example if the SiteScan 2000 for Windows software was already installed on the new computer before beginning the transfer process use the Destroy License option on the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration pop up CAUTION This option will remove the software license from the computer and SiteScan 2000 for Windows cannot be run until a license is transferred or SiteScan 2000 for Windows is re installed from the original distribution diskettes In order to transfer the SiteScan 2000 for Windows software license you will first need to prepare the new computer to receive the license The transfer process requires the temporary use of a diskette or network drive This process does not require contacting the Registration Desk To Prepare the New Computer to Receive the License 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide On the computer that is to receive the license install the SiteScan 2000 for Windows software from the original distribution diskettes using the Install w o License option See the section Install Procedure on page 2 6 for more information Run the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration utility by double clicking the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration icon The SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration pop up will appear Click the Prepare License Transfer Disk button A message will appear asking you to enter the drive and director
267. racters bitwise OR exclusive OR bitwise AND equality inequality keystroke is ALT 0216 greater than greater than or equal to keystroke is ALT 0242 less than less than or equal to keystroke is ALT 0243 addition subtraction multiplication division unary minus NOT parenthesis used to modify evaluation order To draw Variable text 1 Select the proper layer The standard layers for Variable text are 46 61 See the section The Layer Command on page 6 33 for details Select the Variable Abc figure from the Figure Menu The figure will be enclosed with a white box and Draw will be checked in the Edit Menu Select a foreground color in the Palette with the left mouse button and a background color with the right mouse button The background color must match the color of the area where the variable text is drawn to avoid a boxed look See the section To draw Variable color Variable text on page 6 54 about using var as the foreground color Position the cursor in the Drawing Area and click the left mouse button to mark the origin starting point of the object A pop up appears on the screen SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Variable Text SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Field Width 00 00 Text Expression Figure 6 27 Defining Variable Text 5 For the Field Width type the required number of
268. rends If you expand a node to view its trend list any previously selected trends become unselected Press the Accept button to view the Trend Graph The Trend Graph When the Trend Graph is initially displayed SiteScan 2000 for Windows uploads the current trend data from the module s with up to 288 data samples for each trend The screen can display several trends simultaneously using multiple graphs with up to 4 trends per graph e Upto 4 Analog trends which have the same vertical display range are displayed on the same graph even if each trend was stored at a different trend interval e Upto 4 Digital trends are displayed together on a separate graph Multiple trends appearing on the same graph are distinguished by color The FB name and the trend name for each trend is also displayed r SE E SN W b Tae pe N Dynamic JM A Output ji Again Jl Reset ji Timespanf Rate GM CM 66 FB i LiA TEMP GM 1 CM 6 FB 1 L1A HUMD 120 09 100 00 30 00 60 00 40 00 20 00 or TA AA rx AT rr A A 14 48 00 17 48 00 20 48 04 23 48 04 02 48 00 _ 05 48 00 03 48 04 11 48 04 14 48 00 10 10 95 10 11 95 Figure 3 20 The Trend Graph The Trend Graph plots trend data vs time The newest trend data is displayed on the right side of the graph while older data is displayed to the left The right side of the graph initially represents the present time according to the workstation s clock SiteScan 2000 for
269. rently 37 ZRH Today s High 38 ZRH G4iiipm Thu 15 Dec 94 04 1ipm Thu 15 Dec 94 Yesterday s High 43 ZRH E 642 44pm Thu 15 Dec 94 14 Dec 9343 Today s Low 37 ZRH E 04 11pm Thu 15 Dec 9394 094 1ipm Thu 15 Dec 94 gt Yesterady s Low 35 RH E G4 lipm Wed 14 Dec 94 04 iipm Wed 14 Dec 94 Unit Humidity Setpoint ZRH Unit Humidity Tolerance 3 ZRH Unit High Humid Alarm Setpoint 6 ZRH Unit Low Humid Alarm Setpoint 40 ZRH ann an Q h H H v 3 E 0 2 Current Alarms OFF Loss of Communications OFF Loss of Airflow ra abel We Boas DEC Figure 5 4 Typical Status Page The Header Section Every Function Block contains a section at the top called the Header which contains basic information The Status page Header contains the same information as the Parameter page Header with the following exceptions Active Alarms or Active Messages This item is only displayed for Exec 3 x and Exec 4 x FBs This item has dashes corresponding to the eight different alarm or message conditions for the FB An X indicates the particular alarm or message is active while a dash indicates it is not active Before an alarm or message can become active it must be enabled on the Parameter page Function Blocks having active alarms or messages report them to the gateway module which in turn contacts the Workstation More sophisiticated alarm features are available by using Alert microblocks SiteScan 2000 for Windows User
270. res a password level of 8 or higher SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide system xxx This command causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to change from the current System to System xxx Memory can be downloaded to the modules in the second System The quit command returns to the previous System When switching from one System database to another SiteScan 2000 for Windows flushes its internal FB cache This action prevents confusion if an FB in the new System has the same name as an FB in the old System but the new FB is different trenddemo This command displays a pop up which allows you to set beginning and ending times and dates When Demo mode is enabled the Trend Graph uses this information to access and display the specified trend data from Trend Historian rather than uploading trends from the module s See the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 for more information trends This command displays either the Standard Trend Graph or the New Trends menu screen depending on whether the module is configured to display old style FB trends See the section Trends on page 3 57 for more information Note that trends can be gathered only from the line that you are currently connected to To go directly to a particular trend display use the following syntax trends line gcm cm fb chan exp where line line number in decimal gcm gateway module number in decimal cm module number in decimal fb Function Block number in decimal
271. ression gt text1 text2 The above command string is read as follows If lt expression gt is TRUE non zero then display text1 otherwise display text2 For the above example if the digital point referenced by FBID S xxxx ONOF is ON then display Alarm otherwise display Normal When typing the text to be displayed for conditional expressions it is important to use all of but no more than the allotted field width For example notice that a space is entered before the first letter in the text Alarm because it uses only five of the six characters defined by the field width string This space ensures that when going from Normal to Alarm the string Normal is completely erased by the new string Alarm Note that variable pitch fonts may require more leading trailing spaces to ensure that the strings are completely replaced Example 2 In this example we want to display the string Freeze Alarm when an analog input status falls to 32 0 degrees Fahrenheit or below otherwise display the string OK Field Width Freeze_AlaOK Text Expression FBID S xxxx VAL lt 32 0 Freeze Alarm OK LLI SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows 6 51 6 52 e Draw for Windows The extra spaces in the string OK are needed to ensure the Freeze Alarm string is completely replaced when the OK text is displayed An expression may use any of the following characters Table 6 4 Variable Text Cha
272. rm feed to the printer before printing when a print command Print Parameters Print Graphics is issued from SiteScan 2000 for Windows This feature is useful when alarms errors and print commands are sent to the same printer Send Errors to This setting defines the LPT port number used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows to print error messages If Default is picked Windows handles the printing using the default printer established in the Windows Control Panel If LPT1 or higher is picked SiteScan 2000 for Windows prints to that port directly if that port has a local printer 1 e not a network printer then form feeds are eliminated between individual error messages This setting is only valid if the Error Wait setting is disabled CAUTION Ifthe Send Errors to setting is set to Default a form feed will occur after every error message that is printed SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Drive Setup Section When the INI Configuration Manager is launched the drive setup is automatically displayed for the System which is currently active 1 e the primary System Each System defined in the alc ini file is represented by a tab and is listed in the drop down box located to the right of the tabs When a tab is picked the drive mappings for that System are displayed To change between Systems use any of the following methods e Click on one of the tabs e Use the Arrow keys on your keyboard e Use the Arrow buttons located to the
273. s Guide G Additional Key Commands The following table lists menu commands that can be executed in Draw using a keystroke or combination of keystrokes For more information about a particular command refer to the appropriate menu command section Table 6 2 Additional Key Commands R Options Grid Options Magnetism Options Redraw Layer Move Up Layer Move Down Edit Go to File Print File Redraw File Save In addition the following keys can be used to scroll through the graphic Page Up moves the display down The amount depends on what is currently visible Page Down moves the display up The amount depends on what is currently visible Home displays the image in its original position End displays the extreme lower part of the image T 4 gt and moves the display up down right or left one grid width 8 pixels SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Draw for Windows e 6 5 The Draw Palette Draw for Windows provides 128 colors plus variable color The table below lists each color in the palette the index number used when specifying the color as variable color and the color s red green and blue RGB decimal values Figure 6 23 in the section Variable Color on page 6 44 lists each color s index number in the order they appear in the palette NOTE When using a graphic with versions of SiteScan 2000 for Windows below 2 5 the v
274. s be ids Gi ae 7 7 ON CL VICW E E A NADAR a BAe AO Rae OREN SOIR AI Bede Oa 7 7 BaCK up eiii A High dete ey be hare daly et et eines 7 7 Restoren iia peices A ARI eS Amare abate tbs bn 7 9 Chet A A A A EY A Re 7 10 SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Table of Contents 5 Appendix A Error Messages sorca nas BG eva SE Loy BG ath Se SE SA A hash Ba eget a a ks 8 1 Overview BLE RRA RA ative A a atid A satel ed ase liv al E IS ADA 8 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows Error Messages o ooooococococcor eee eee 8 1 Software License Error Messages 0 00 c cece cece eee nee teens 8 12 Modstat Error Messages 8 22 Glossary of Terms 9 1 Index 10 1 6 e Table of Contents SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 1 What s New SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 6A New Features 1 SiteScan 2000 for Windows version 2 6A is now Year 2000 Compliant 2 With V2 6 and higher SiteScan 2000 for Windows includes Alert EL as the standard alarm management software Most of the functions formerly performed by Logger are now handled by Alert EL and Alert Server Refer to the Alert EL User s Guide for more information For more comprehensive alarm management we recommend that you purchase and install the full featured Alert software 3 Support for Windows 98 has been added SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide What s New e 1 1 1 2 What s New SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 2 Introduction Overview S
275. sed to make the transfer or 1f the hard drive of the new computer is full or write protected If this message reappears install the software on the new computer using the original distribution diskettes Once the software is installed you must obtain an Authorization Code and register the software license SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Appendix A e 8 21 8 22 e Appendix A Modstat Error Messages NOTE The message Halted since hh mm Day mm dd yy will always show a time and date within the last 10 minutes even though the first time the module halted may have been some time ago This is because the module is restarted every 10 minutes while halted so that a one time or spurious error will not halt the module indefinitely ERROR Stopped since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Incomplete Schedule download to FB 3 Cause Communications were interrupted during a schedule download Action Download Schedules to the FB whose number appears at the end of the error message ERROR Stopped since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Incomplete Parameter download to FB 3 Cause Communications were interrupted during Download Parameters Action Download Parameters to the FB whose number appears at the end of the error message ERROR Stopped since hh mm Day mm dd yy by Incomplete Memory download Cause Communications were interrupted during a Download Memory Action Download memory again Cause Attempted to download too many programs into an
276. splayed in SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 0 or later using a VGA compatible monitor and graphics card See the section Draw for Windows for more information the SiteScan 2000 for Windows default System ID update or compile configuration text merge systems or build a custom M68 directory See the section Utility Applications on page 7 1 for more information pa Configuration Utilities This program allows an operator to change INI Configuration Manager This program simplifies the process of EA making configuration changes to Liebert applications Itis a user A friendly interface to the most commonly changed settings in the alc ini file See the section INI Configuration Manager on page 5 23 for more information Ex License Administration This program allows you to transfer your software license to another computer See the section Software License on page 2 11 for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 15 FB Fit This program determines whether the specified Function Blocks from the master or custom M68 directory will fit into the specified module It handles both Exec 3 and Exec 4 modules although some microblocks cannot be downloaded into modules having early Exec versions See the section FB Fit on page 7 6 for more information i Backup amp Restore This program uses standard ZIP compression to back up or restore for the current System either the System files Alert Ge
277. stallation Go to top tab label and reconnect to installation or check modems for problems Comm Error Command Rejected Gateway module constantly not allowing communications to installation Request all other users to disconnect or retry later Comm Error Connection already in use Connection used by EMS already used by another program Change connection info to another connection or next available connection and retry or close other application and retry SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Comm Error Connection Does Not Exist Connection defined in Connections page does not exist on this workstation Check for hardware problems or define connection that exists on workstation Comm Error Connection Not Activated Connection used by EMS defined but not marked active on Configure Connections page Pick Configure Connections from Connections page and mark connection active Comm Error Connection Not Available Connection specified by connections page is invalid must specify connection type Specify proper connection type for all valid lines Comm Error Connection Not Configured Connection defined in Connections page is not configured for EMS on Configure Connections page Pick Configure Connections from Connections page to configure hardware for use by EMS Comm Error Modem Time Out Modem timed out before connecting Retry dialout or increase modem time out setting in modem reset string Co
278. t This command copies individual or multiple objects This command is internal to Draw for Windows and does not use the Windows Clipboard The hot key for this command is F4 To copy individual figures 1 2 Pick Copy from the Edit menu Position the cursor within the borders of the object to be copied Hold down the left mouse button and drag the copied object to the new position Release the left mouse button to leave the object in the new location or press the Escape key to abort SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide To copy multiple figures 1 Select each object to be copied see the section Selection Menu Commands on page 6 25 Pick Copy from the Edit menu Position the cursor anywhere in the Drawing Area 4 Hold down the right mouse button and drag the copied objects to the new position The objects will move relative to the position of the cursor 5 Release the right mouse button to leave the objects in the new location or press the Escape key to abort Scale This command is used to change the size of an object and to rotate an object The width X axis and height Y axis of most figures can be adjusted independently However text cannot be scaled at all anda bitmap image in a graphic cannot be scaled rotated or re shaped The minimum and maximum range of scaling is from zero percent to approximately 32 000 percent If a figure is scaled beyond this range the computer may lock up Also
279. t Utilities Global Modify from the main menu or select the Manual Command button or press the Esc key and type glo This causes the Global Modify screen to be displayed 5 Enter the values for the FB Type Field ID and New Value options The Field ID field automatically displays the code for the last parameter that was picked while the Alt key was pressed 6 Verify that Confirm is enabled button pressed in 7 Select Proceed The first parameter matching the options will be displayed in the Global Modify Status area NOTE With SiteScan 2000 for Windows Multiuser a pop up warning will appear when an FB is being used by someone else We recommend using global modify when there are no other users in the System 8 Carefully observe the data appearing in the Global Modify Status area The Confirm pop up will appear asking whether to make the change If the proposed change is e incorrect press the Esc key to abort the process then go back to step 5 e correct select Cancel to keep the change from being made yet The next FB with a parameter matching the options is displayed in the Global Modify Status area 9 Continue checking each FB until satisfied with the proposed changes Aborting at any point by pressing Esc is OK because no changes have been made yet 10 When you feel comfortable with the proposed changes disable Confirm button out SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 23 11 Se
280. t this parameter to 255 If this parameter does not match the corresponding parameter in the module all parameters are displayed in yellow and cannot be changed Also parameters cannot be uploaded or downloaded Function Blocks having a mismatched type do not have their parameters written to configuration text when the configuration text is updated To correct this problem download memory to the module This parameter is checked when the FB is first displayed and after a successful memory download This parameter is unrelated to the Version microblock in Eikon Ver This parameter indicates how many times the FB s parameters have been changed If the FB file in the computer does not match the FB which is downloaded into the module the Ver parameter and the parameters which do not match are displayed in purple To correct this problem either upload or download parameters This parameter is unrelated to the Version microblock in Eikon SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Advanced Topics 5 7 5 8 e Advanced Topics Alarms Enabled or Messages Enabled This parameter is only displayed for Exec 3 x and Exec 4 x FBs It has spaces for eight different alarm and message conditions for each FB These spaces correspond to the alarm and message texts which are listed to their right An X in one of the eight positions indicates that that alarm or message bit is enabled while a dash indicates that it is disabled More sophisiticated alarm fea
281. ten to the SVW section of the alc ini file when the settings are saved INI Configuration Manager SiteScan Alert Eikon Draw General Alarm Check _ _ Miscellaneous Check when Connected Parameter Version Warning O Always Upload Parameters Interval O Advanced Color Gathering O Fast Search Auto Logoff Printing ____ __ Time Set PR eS Error Wait LJ Demo Menu Wafer 7 O Preprint formfeed Language Browse Send errors tot fLPT I modem Reset ATHOOVIEOSO IN157 40 cue om oH wc tre AA Drive Setup ASS 2UBB AA MESS SUBA AAA A S2BEG YAAK S2GGG YAK SLOAN ARA ZGON GOG Waaa MS A K A These settings modify the behavior of SiteScan Save Exit Figure 5 12 SiteScan 2000 for Windows INI settings Alarm Check Section Check When Connected This setting defines whether or not SiteScan 2000 for Windows checks for alarm and report data on behalf of Alert EL when SiteScan 2000 for Windows makes contact with a System If this setting is disabled Alert Server monitors only the Systems defined on the Alert page Having Check When Connected disabled eliminates the need to wait in SiteScan 2000 for Windows while it collects data for Alert EL see Caution below SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide This feature is recommended in cases where Alert EL is conf
282. the path Trend Historian is enabled by the Historian setting see the section The Alert Tab on page 5 31 Trend Historian is not supported by SS2W SiteScan 2000 for Windows accesses the Trend Historian when the Again button is picked and the Timespan is set for older data An error will occur if Trend Historian is not running or if it can t find the requested data Trend Historian s performance can be customized using the Trend Historian application See the section Trend Historian for more information SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 67 3 68 Activities To View a Trend Graph 1 Select View Edit Trends from the main menu or select the Trends button A menu will appear with all available trended points for the line number that SiteScan 2000 for Windows is currently connected to Only points having their Trend parameter enabled and a channel number defined for T O microblocks will appear on the list see the section The Trend Menu Page Choose the trend s to be displayed on the Trend Graph Choose Accept to view the Trend Graph Pick the Again button to view current trend data directly from the module Use the Dynamic button to refresh the screen with live data from the module s The time between refreshes is determined by the Rate button Use the Timespan and Again buttons to view trend data stored in the Trend Historian database The graphic display can be printed to paper or to
283. the Selection menu 2 Pick Objects from the Select sub menu 3 Hold the right mouse button to drag a window around the desired objects then release the button All of the surrounded objects will be selected To select all objects 1 Ze SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Pick Select from the Selection menu Pick All from the Selection sub menu All objects will be selected Draw for Windows e 6 25 Deselect When an object is deselected the object s origin disappears The hot keys for the Deselect functions are associated with F10 Selection Select d Deselect Objects F10 All Shft F10 Figure 6 16 Deselection Menu To deselect one or more objects 1 Pick Deselect from the Selection menu 2 Pick Objects from the Deselect sub menu 3 Position the cursor within the borders of the object s to be deselected 4 Press the left mouse button to deselect the object OR 1 Pick Deselect from the Selection menu 2 Pick Objects from the Deselect sub menu 3 Hold the right mouse button to drag a window around the desired objects then release the button All of the surrounded objects will be deselected To deselect all objects 1 Pick Deselect in the Selection menu 2 Pick All from the Deselect sub menu All of the selected objects will be deselected 6 26 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Text Menu Commands Choose Font Y All Available Fixed Pitch
284. the mark and unmark areas Icons on the Mark page indicate the following items This icon indicates an Area This icon indicates a Function Block ES FIRST FLOOR 1 1 6 AGG 1 1 2 1 AGG 1 1 3 1 gt AGG 1 1 4 1 gt TO1 1 1 5 1 gt TB1 1 1 6 1 TO1 1 1 7 1 gt TO1 1 1 8 1 gt T l 1 1 9 1 gt TO1 1 1 10 1 gt TO1 1 1 11 1 gt TO1 1 1 12 1 gt TO1 1 1 13 1 gt TO1 1 1 14 1 gt TO1 1 1 15 1 gt TOG1 1 1 16 1 gt TO1 1 1 17 1 gt TO1 1 1 18 1 gt TO1 1 1 19 1 gt Pook ot one 1 E I l One 1 1 nr OO 1 pS O A O tr ca ar E 1 on Figure 5 5 The Mark page To Mark or Unmark one or more FBs To mark or unmark an FB select it and pick the desired button in the mark or unmark areas of the page To select multiple FBs use one of the following methods e Click on an Area All the FBs in that area and below will be affected by the mark or unmark option that you pick e Click on an FB continue to hold the mouse button and drag the mouse pointer up or down Release the mouse when the desired FBs are selected 5 12 e Advanced Topics SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide e Hold the Ctrl key while selecting FBs that are not adjacent on the list e Select an FB then hold the Shift key while selecting another FB all the FBs in between the two selected FBs will become selected e Type the desired FB name in the lower right box and press the Se
285. ther connection information but you do not want it to connect to a System None Specified Use this setting when the connection information is specified in a macro which is used in the phone number The Serial Port Setup Section This section allows you to define the connection and baud rate that SiteScan 2000 for Windows searches for when you attempt to connect to a System COM1 through COM4 Use one of these settings to define a specific serial port on the Workstation Any Matching Use this setting to allow SiteScan 2000 for Windows to search for any connection defined on the Connection Configuration page that has Monitor this port disabled which matches the baud rate and connection type If the connection type is configured for modem connect SiteScan 2000 for Windows will search for an open matching connection If none is found it will search for the next available modem of a higher baud rate Baud Rates Use one of these settings to define a specific modem baud rate Note that a serial port configured for 19200 baud may use a 14400 baud modem on the Connection Configuration page The Time Zone Section This section allows you to specify the time zone of the installation The time zone may be displayed as one of the four North American time zones or as a number representing the GMT Offset GMT stands for Greenwich Mean Time These selections may be changed on the Edit Connection pop up and range from 12 to 12 For the
286. tings provide the ability to control whether SiteScan 2000 for Windows checks for alarms on behalf of Alert Server when it makes contact with a System see the section The SiteScan Tab on page 5 24 Alert Server can receive alarms and reports using only a Direct connction a Modem connction or a Netbios connection A Direct Network connection cannot be used to receive alarms or to get colors Workstation modems can receive alarms at different baud rates NOTE DCLANs store alarms generated from Alert microblocks on consoles 1 4 only SiteGate ETH stores alarms in eight Global Buffers Alert EL uses the same Connection Configuration software provided with SiteScan 2000 for Windows to store hardware port access information This means that you should be careful about making changes to the Connection Configuration Page from within Alert EL Changing certain parameters on this screen could prevent SiteScan 2000 for Windows from finding a device causing SiteScan 2000 for Windows to display an error when you attempt to connect to an installation For more information see the section Connection Configuration on page 3 17 NOTE Alert EL is compatible only with SiteScan 2000 for Windows V2 5 or higher SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Alarms Alarms are defined as conditions of a critical nature which are monitored by Function Blocks Exec 4 x Function Blocks can use both Alarm microblocks and Alert microblocks to report alarms whereas
287. tion Ci 15520004 CHK Browse J Erase Destination Files Start Checkout QUIT Figure 7 8 The Checkout Utility The following types of files can be restored with this utility e System files Looks for a backup file named chk_sysd zip or chk_sysf zip Restores all subdirectories if any existed when the files were backed up The default Destination location is specified by the DRV3 drive mapping If the Erase Destination Files option is not enabled then any existing files having a filename different from any restored file will remain ok OK ok SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utility Applications e 7 11 7 12 e Utility Applications SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 8 Appendix A Error Messages Overview This section lists Error messages that may appear on the screen as various events or malfunctions occur Note that an error message does not always mean there is a software problem It may be caused by operator error improper entries at the keyboard or mouse certain kinds of noise on the telephone lines or a component or circuit failure SiteScan 2000 for Windows Error Messages FB type mismatch can t use defaults WARNING AHD IS IN ERROR Are you sure you want to load parameter defaults for this FB Can t create output file Aborting Cannot find Flow Diagram Cannot obtain system line information Continue anyway Changes to system
288. tures are available by using Alert microblocks Power Up Delay This parameter indicates how long the FB will wait upon power restoration before turning on any of its devices It is important that the power up delay vary for different Function Blocks so that when power is restored to the module there will be an orderly sequence of equipment starts Demand Controller Address This parameter is a two part address which indicates the module number left and the FB number right of the Electric Meter FB which serves a particular piece of equipment Trend The parameters listed to the right of this parameter are used for configuring the FB s Standard trends For more information see the section Standard Trends on page 3 72 Second Trend Same as above Update Time This parameter is used to help determine when the FB broadcasts its color prime variable and heating or cooling requests This parameter is visible only when All Options is enabled Command From This parameter contains up to four two part addresses from which a non graphic Exec 3 FB will respond to commands Listen to req sent to This parameter is a two part address which indicates a module number left and an FB number right The FB will listen and respond to requests sent to the indicated address as well as requests and commands sent to its own address Virtual module addresses This parameter appears only on module drivers and identifies the
289. ummary plan for Building 3 West Figure 6 4 File Save Redraw This command repaints all of the objects on the screen starting with the lowest layer and ending with the highest layer Objects in the same layer are repainted in the order that they were drawn The draw order within a layer can be changed by the Reorder menu commands You can also use the Redraw command to view objects within overlapping objects Any superfluous pieces which occasionally appear when making edits are removed Also see the Redraw feature in the Options menu on page 6 31 The hot key for this command is Ctrl R Info This option allows you to view information about the current file and to enter a description for the file Select the Info option from the File menu to display the File Info pop up 6 12 Draw for Windows SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide A Filename floor_5 gfx Directory ciiss2000 dem Date created Mon Nov 28 1994 03 43pm Date last revised Wed Jan 24 1996 04 07pm Last revised with DRAY Version 2 5a Compatibility 2 Size 1 727 Description Fifth floor summary plan for Building West Figure 6 5 File Information The File Info pop up displays the file name the directory the file is located in and the date the file was created The Date last revised indicates the date the file was last saved The Last revised with field displays the version of Draw that this file was last revised in If the file was revised in a v
290. up file named histdb zip The default Destination location is specified by the Set Path option in Trend Historian If the Source location is a floppy drive each file type selected requires a separate set of backup disks If the Source location is a hard disk the backup files may exist in the same directory The destination locations can be specified on the right after the file types are selected Note that the Erase Destination Files option affects only System files Checkout This utility restores files for System CHK from the Source location to the Destination location This utility restores files which were backed up from the Backup utility using standard ZIP compression It does not restore files which were backed up using the older MS DOS backup format CAUTION Restored files automatically overwrite any existing files having the same name The System ID is fixed as CHK in order to speed up the process of restoring files to the CHK directory System CHK is used most often to check out a new System or an addition to a new system before it is actually merged into the main System files For example while in System CHK a System can be checked for proper design or implementation and configured with necessary parameters 7 10 e Utility Applications SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Backup amp Restore Backup l Restore Checkout System ID Source Location Browse Destination Loca
291. urple This color change feature works the same way on a FB Parameter page Therefore when you change any parameter on the Live GFB screen the color change to purple occurs immediately To change the colors back to yellow download any parameter changes to the module by leaving or refreshing the Live GFB screen An easy way is to reselect the Live GFB tab or button If the microblock outputs are purple when the Live GFB is first displayed use the following procedure 1 Upload parameters from the module SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide 2 If the uploaded parameters are not correct exit SiteScan 2000 for Windows without updating configuration text 3 Compile configuration text 4 Restart SiteScan 2000 for Windows and download parameters to the module If the microblock outputs display zeros it is possible that the FB could not send the information to SiteScan 2000 for Windows quickly enough See the livegfbtimeout setting in the section The alc ini File on page 5 37 for more information Editable Parameters This feature allows you to edit a Function Block s parameters from the Live GFB screen without having to go to the Parameter page Any changes to parameters are automatically downloaded when you leave the Live GFB screen To edit parameters on the Live GFB screen use the following procedure 1 Go to the Function Block level and pick the Live GFB button or press ESC and enter the live gfb manual comman
292. ve is entered as the destination SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Restore This utility restores files from the Source location to the Destination location s It restores files which were backed up from the Backup utility using standard ZIP compression It does not restore files which were backed up using the older MS DOS backup format CAUTION Restored files automatically overwrite any existing files having the same name Browse Backup amp Restore Backup Restore Checkout r System ID r Source Location E p File Selection LJ Restore System Files Destination Location LJ Restore Alert Data aE EOS O Restore Historian Data J Erase Destination Files Alert Files Historian Files Start Restore QUIT Figure 7 7 The Restore Utility The following types of files can be restored with this utility e System files Looks for a backup file named Xxx_Sysd zip or Xxx_sysf zip where xxx is the three character name of the selected System ID Restores all subdirectories if any existed when the files were backed up The default Destination location is specified by the DRV3 drive mapping SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Utility Applications 7 9 e Alert database files Looks for a backup file named alertdb zip The default Destination location is specified when Alert is installed e Trend Historian database files Looks for a back
293. vide a great deal of control over the appearance of the trend data The Dynamic button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to refresh the screen with live data from the module s The time between refreshes is set by the Rate button SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide NOTE Although trend data can be dynamically updated on the screen it is not stored in Trend Historian until Alert Server receives a trend report 4 7 For more information see the section Trend Report on page The Rate button Pressing this button allows you to specify how often SiteScan 2000 for Windows uploads trend data from the module s for display on the Trend Graph See the above note Dynamic updating is suspended if the frame is not visible The Static button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to stop dynamically updating and to hold the current data on the screen The Output button Pressing this button allows you to output the displayed trend data to a printer or to a file either as a graphic or as text See the section Trend Graph Output on page 3 64 for more information The Again button Pressing this button causes SiteScan 2000 for Windows to upload and display trend data directly from the module s Trend Historian or both Use the Timespan button to specify the age of the data that you wish to view Depending on the Timespan settings some data samples may come from the module while others c
294. ware license may become invalidated Following are some of the circumstances that will cause the software license to become invalid e Hard disk failure or replacement e Formatting the hard disk and attempting to restore SiteScan 2000 for Windows files e Use of a disk compression utility such as Stacker or DoubleSpace See the following NOTE e Discontinued use of a disk decompression utility See the following NOTE SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 11 2 12 e Introduction NOTE If SiteScan 2000 for Windows is installed while a disk compression utility is in use the software license will not be affected as long as the use of the utility continues Only if the disk is decompressed at a later date will the license become invalid Likewise 1f SiteScan 2000 for Windows is installed on an uncompressed disk the license will not be affected unless a compression utility is implemented at a later date Use of standard defragmentation utilities may invalidate the license Please transfer the license to disk before using a defragmentation utility In the event that your license becomes invalid you must reinstall the software from the original distribution diskettes After the software has been re installed the registration pop up will appear You will then need to call the Registration Desk to obtain a new Authorization Code Transferring the Software License The SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration
295. whenever this makes sense For example the Reorder menu is disabled when there are less than two items in the drawing area The Status Bar is the blue line at the bottom of the screen which displays useful information about Draw for Windows To hide the Status Bar pick Prompt from the Options menu The following items are displayed here e atext description of the active command e the active Layer i e the one that is currently being edited which can be increased decreased by the and keys More than one layer may be visible at a time e the status of the Redraw feature enabled disabled by the R key e the status of the Magnetism feature enabled disabled by the M key e the position of the cursor in the drawing area in X Y pixel coordinates The Figure Menu is located at the right side of the screen It contains the drawing tools used to draw lines boxes circles arcs ellipses dots pickable windows variable text text and filled shapes The Drawing Area is the area in the middle of the screen where graphic images are created Although Draw for Windows can handle images which are wider and taller than a single screen see the section Changing Views on page 6 3 we recommend using a maximum size of 594 pixels wide by 354 pixels high This limit corresponds to the maximum display area of a single frame in SiteScan 2000 for Windows at 640 by 480 resolution The position of the cursor is indicated on the Status Bar
296. which defines the system database structure Utilities Figure 7 2 The Config Text Utility The compile and update processes are exact processes which keep each System s database current These processes are described below The Compile button Creates the database structure files for the specified System ID which are actually used by SiteScan 2000 for Windows during its operation Once compiled the configuration text file is not used again by SiteScan 2000 for Windows Note that the original xxxenfig dat file is renamed to xxxcnfig old where xxx is the three character System ID The Update button Rewrites the configuration text file for the specified System ID from the database structure files SiteScan 2000 for Windows provides an opportunity to update configuration text if the user attempts to exit after making changes to the database structure files such as parameter or schedule changes Note that the original xxxcnfig txt file is SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide renamed to xxxcnfig olt where xxx is the three character System ID Merge This utility merges the system files from the Source System to the Destination System It is often used to merge the files from System CHK into another system after they have been approved CAUTION Before using the Merge utility we recommend using the Backup amp Restore utility to backup the System files for both the Source System and the Destination System Utilities
297. which is not listed in the pull down box can be entered by typing it in the field Note that a serial port configured for 19200 baud on the Edit Connection pop up may use a 14400 baud modem on the Connection Configuration page NOTE The Device parameter must match the corresponding setting on the Edit Connection pop up If you change the Device parameter you must make the same change on the Edit Connection pop up so that SiteScan 2000 for Windows can find that device Otherwise SiteScan 2000 for Windows will give you an error when you connect to a System SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Activities e 3 19 3 20 e Activities Connection ID The Conn ID parameter is an optional parameter which allows you to assign a name to the connection currently selected Some Liebert software programs such as Alert can be configured to search for a specific Connection ID when sending outgoing data If multiple connections have the same Connection ID the program uses the first available one Note that when searching for a connection to use Liebert applications first search for connections which do not have the Monitor this port button enabled Monitor this port The Monitor this port parameter specifies that the connection currently selected will be monitored by Alert Server for incoming communications such as alarms messages trend reports etc Ifa connection has this parameter disabled then Alert Server ignores it When this param
298. which will generate a Status Report whenever the microblock is tripped pre Eikon FBs are discussed below Old style alarm and messages are always treated by the gateway module as critical alarms When the FB is constructed in Eikon by Liebert Site Applications the Alert or Message microblock can be tripped as often as desired For an example of the logic required to trip the alarm see Figure 4 3 Pre Eikon Function Blocks send the Status Report to the gateway module as soon after 1 00 a m as possible in order to take advantage of lowest telephone rates and the lowest traffic expectancy Pre Eikon FBs which store historical information i e outside air electric meter take the snapshot of the Status page at midnight Pre Eikon FBs which do not store historical information take the snapshot at the time the alarm is delivered to the gateway module DAILY STATUS 6 Apr 95 6 49pm Alarm ID STATUS Line Address 1 1 2 Liebert BuildingLiebert Corp ELECTRIC METER Status Report is as follows Function Block Type EMP ELECTRIC METER PROGRAM Name ELECTRIC METER Line 1 GCM 1 CM 2 BB od Flags ID ELECMETR Tele 9524517 All Options Y Type 11 Ver 3 ACTIVE ALARMS X ACTIVE MESSAGES STATUS CODE 0 CURRENT DEM LEV 0 CURRENT DEMAND 469 kW ETER Usage Peak time date HISTORY
299. with hardware manufacturers to write additional software display drivers and assisted in optimizing drivers to enhance display speed for improved graphic performance Another benefit is that Windows 95 supports reliable communications up to 115k baud We do not recommend upgrading to Windows 95 unless the computer has at least a 486 33 MHz processor and has 8Mb of RAM For more information about upgrading to Windows 95 refer to the September 12 1995 Vol 14 No 15 issue of PC Magazine The Task Bar When the user is displaying a screen which is several levels deep the Windows 95 Task Bar can cover parts of the screen To prevent this from happening we recommend setting the Task Bar properties so that Auto Hide is enabled and Always on Top is disabled NOTE Do not modify the Windows 95 Task Bar properties while SiteScan 2000 for Windows is running SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Introduction e 2 5 Install Procedure 2 6 e Introduction The setup program allows you to install files on a local computer or on a network server Each computer which will run the software requires a separate license See the section Software License on page 2 11 for more information about registering or transferring a software license Approximately 18 Mb of disk space is required to store the installed software If previous versions of the software exist much of the required disk space will be made up by overwriting existing files If y
300. within the system Up to eight tabs may be displayed Choosing a tab is an easy way to move around within SiteScan 2000 for Windows When you pick a tab SiteScan 2000 for Windows goes to that frame and displays the corresponding graphic file see the section Graphic Frame Display Order on page 2 23 This feature comes in handy especially after you have made changes on a screen at the Function Block level Because these changes are automatically downloaded to the module when you leave the screen it is convenient to simply pick the lowest tab In addition to using tabs several Manual System Commands can be issued from within SiteScan 2000 for Windows These commands can be used from any level in the system to help make system operation more efficient For example the Return command can be issued multiple times to display up to eight of the previously viewed nodes in reverse order Other commands can take you directly to certain screens without having to use the tabs See the section Commands on page 3 1 for details on Manual System Commands SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide Graphic Frame Display Order When SiteScan 2000 for Windows opens a graphic frame it searches in the following order for the file to display e Bitmap file bmp This file is always displayed if found see the section Using Bitmaps on page 5 43 Draw for Windows file gfx see the section Save on page 6 10 e Old Draw file bin This file
301. xpecting System ALC Line 1 Connect anyway Connection not configured properly Go to configure connections Connection type for current line does not match connection configuration Reconfigure connection now Connections Lockout Advisory Another user is accessing the Connections page at this time Retry Connections page edits later Enhanced Trend Error FB 14 must be XF type The user attempted to obtain an enhanced trend from a module that did not have an XFx FB as FB 14 Download an XFx FB as FB 14 and retry the operation FB Parameter Mismatch FB parameters in workstation differ from those in the module Compare parameters using Shift Parameters before making changes then either upload parameters from module or download parameters FB Version mismatch FB in the workstation database is of a different revision or 3 letter name than that in the module Download memory to module Files for FB VVD not present in Custom M68 directory Laboratory ZONE8 3 Global Modify Error Missing Field ID and or New Value fields Enter Field ID and or New Value before picking Proceed Global Modify Error Syntax error in field entry Re enter all fields using correct syntax Global Modify Error User attempted to global modify FB parameters from a page that modifies FB parameters including Setpoints Point Help Live GFB pages Retry from a status page or an area Group Lockout Advisory Another user is
302. y changing one prefix rather than changing each line separately SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide The normal syntax for a telephone number is as follows X Y Example X 123 456 7890 Y Using a macro to define alternate connection information is useful when troubleshooting at the installation site with a portable computer which may require a different Connection Type baud rate etc Note that a line always sends its own connection information before sending the Phone Number information Therefore if a phone number has a macro which contains connection information the line will send its own connection information and then the macro s connection information For this reason when a macro is used only to define the Phone Number field its Connection Type should be set to None Specified Long Phone Numbers The Phone Number field for each line number can handle up to 20 characters The X and Y macros can also store up to 20 characters each for a total of 60 characters Some of these characters are used when SiteScan 2000 for Windows appends a code for the connection type serial port and baud rate Any commas used in the phone number also use up a character However most modems cannot handle more than 40 characters If you have a long phone number such as for the 1 800 long distance access codes instead use the five digit codes which accomplish the same thing These numbers can be found in the phone book and must be f
303. y format delete and erase Reason With adequate backup files you can usually recover from improper use of these commands but the cost in time and dollars could be extensive Overview On line Help is a feature provided by Windows which allows you to view a comprehensive text file from any level of the system The On Line Help is a Windows Application so all the standard Windows techniques for moving resizing and closing the Help window apply For a complete description of all the features included in the On Line Help press F1 twice To return to the On Line Help after reading the Windows Help instructions pick the Index button in the Help Window SiteScan 2000 for Windows Help The SiteScan 2000 for Windows Help is a comprehensive hypertext file which is available from any level of the system It describes the various functions and features of SiteScan 2000 for Windows and how to use them SiteScan 2000 for Windows provides context sensitive help which means that the On Line Help jumps to the topic in the help file which best applies to where help was launched If your screen is large enough you can launch Help and use SiteScan 2000 for Windows at the same time by resizing both windows so that SiteScan 2000 for Windows User s Guide they don t overlap To work with overlapping windows press Alt Tab to switch back and forth between the windows To access Help button or press F1 or issue the Help manual command The On Li
304. y that will be used to make the license transfer This can be a diskette or network drive If a diskette is being used be sure to insert the diskette in the appropriate drive Enter the appropriate drive and directory and click OK The License Administration program will prepare the diskette or network drive to receive a license from another computer To complete the transfer follow the steps in the section To Transfer the License to the New Computer Introduction 2 13 Ge 2 14 e Introduction To Transfer the License to the New Computer 1 On the computer that currently has the license run the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration utility by double clicking the SiteScan 2000 for Windows License Administration icon The License Administration pop up appears Click the Transfer License to Disk button A message will appear asking you to enter the drive and directory that will be used to make the transfer This entry must correspond to the location of the diskette or network drive that was prepared in the section To Prepare the New Computer to Receive the License Enter the appropriate drive and directory and click OK The license will be transferred from the computer to the diskette or drive temporarily At this point the license no longer exists on the computer and SiteScan 2000 for Windows can no longer be run on this computer A message appears indicating that the transfer was successful If you are usin

USER`S MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents